ASTContext.cpp revision 736104a7619c53ef92553780273d7357a3cdde81
1//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements the ASTContext interface. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 15#include "CXXABI.h" 16#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" 17#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 18#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 19#include "clang/AST/Comment.h" 20#include "clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h" 21#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 25#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 27#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" 28#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 29#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 32#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 33#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 34#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" 35#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h" 36#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" 37#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 38#include <map> 39 40using namespace clang; 41 42unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors; 43unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared; 44unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors; 45unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared; 46unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors; 47unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared; 48unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators; 49unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 50unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators; 51unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 52unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors; 53unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared; 54 55enum FloatingRank { 56 HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank 57}; 58 59RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const { 60 if (!CommentsLoaded && ExternalSource) { 61 ExternalSource->ReadComments(); 62 CommentsLoaded = true; 63 } 64 65 assert(D); 66 67 // User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations. 68 if (D->isImplicit()) 69 return NULL; 70 71 // User can not attach documentation to implicit instantiations. 72 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 73 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 74 return NULL; 75 } 76 77 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 78 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 79 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 80 return NULL; 81 } 82 83 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 84 if (CRD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 85 return NULL; 86 } 87 88 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 89 if (ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 90 return NULL; 91 } 92 93 // TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly. 94 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) 95 return NULL; 96 97 // TODO: we could look up template parameter documentation in the template 98 // documentation. 99 if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D) || 100 isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D) || 101 isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D)) 102 return NULL; 103 104 ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments(); 105 106 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything. 107 if (RawComments.empty()) 108 return NULL; 109 110 // Find declaration location. 111 // For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple 112 // declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration 113 // location". 114 // For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently, 115 // so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location". 116 SourceLocation DeclLoc; 117 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D) || 118 isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) || 119 isa<RedeclarableTemplateDecl>(D) || 120 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) 121 DeclLoc = D->getLocStart(); 122 else 123 DeclLoc = D->getLocation(); 124 125 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we 126 // can't find the comment. 127 if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID()) 128 return NULL; 129 130 // Find the comment that occurs just after this declaration. 131 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator Comment; 132 { 133 // When searching for comments during parsing, the comment we are looking 134 // for is usually among the last two comments we parsed -- check them 135 // first. 136 RawComment CommentAtDeclLoc(SourceMgr, SourceRange(DeclLoc)); 137 BeforeThanCompare<RawComment> Compare(SourceMgr); 138 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator MaybeBeforeDecl = RawComments.end() - 1; 139 bool Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 140 if (!Found && RawComments.size() >= 2) { 141 MaybeBeforeDecl--; 142 Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 143 } 144 145 if (Found) { 146 Comment = MaybeBeforeDecl + 1; 147 assert(Comment == std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 148 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare)); 149 } else { 150 // Slow path. 151 Comment = std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 152 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare); 153 } 154 } 155 156 // Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the 157 // file buffer. 158 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclLocDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc); 159 160 // First check whether we have a trailing comment. 161 if (Comment != RawComments.end() && 162 (*Comment)->isDocumentation() && (*Comment)->isTrailingComment() && 163 (isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D))) { 164 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentBeginDecomp 165 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getBegin()); 166 // Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts 167 // on the same line and in the same file as the declaration. 168 if (DeclLocDecomp.first == CommentBeginDecomp.first && 169 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second) 170 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(CommentBeginDecomp.first, 171 CommentBeginDecomp.second)) { 172 return *Comment; 173 } 174 } 175 176 // The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment. 177 // Let's look at the previous comment. 178 if (Comment == RawComments.begin()) 179 return NULL; 180 --Comment; 181 182 // Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment. 183 if (!(*Comment)->isDocumentation() || (*Comment)->isTrailingComment()) 184 return NULL; 185 186 // Decompose the end of the comment. 187 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentEndDecomp 188 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getEnd()); 189 190 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they 191 // aren't related. 192 if (DeclLocDecomp.first != CommentEndDecomp.first) 193 return NULL; 194 195 // Get the corresponding buffer. 196 bool Invalid = false; 197 const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first, 198 &Invalid).data(); 199 if (Invalid) 200 return NULL; 201 202 // Extract text between the comment and declaration. 203 StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndDecomp.second, 204 DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndDecomp.second); 205 206 // There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between 207 // comment and declaration. 208 if (Text.find_first_of(",;{}#@") != StringRef::npos) 209 return NULL; 210 211 return *Comment; 212} 213 214namespace { 215/// If we have a 'templated' declaration for a template, adjust 'D' to 216/// refer to the actual template. 217/// If we have an implicit instantiation, adjust 'D' to refer to template. 218const Decl *adjustDeclToTemplate(const Decl *D) { 219 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 220 // Is this function declaration part of a function template? 221 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 222 return FTD; 223 224 // Nothing to do if function is not an implicit instantiation. 225 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 226 return D; 227 228 // Function is an implicit instantiation of a function template? 229 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getPrimaryTemplate()) 230 return FTD; 231 232 // Function is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 233 if (const FunctionDecl *MemberDecl = 234 FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) 235 return MemberDecl; 236 237 return D; 238 } 239 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 240 // Static data member is instantiated from a member definition of a class 241 // template? 242 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 243 if (const VarDecl *MemberDecl = VD->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) 244 return MemberDecl; 245 246 return D; 247 } 248 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 249 // Is this class declaration part of a class template? 250 if (const ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = CRD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 251 return CTD; 252 253 // Class is an implicit instantiation of a class template or partial 254 // specialization? 255 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = 256 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CRD)) { 257 if (CTSD->getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 258 return D; 259 llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *, 260 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *> 261 PU = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplateOrPartial(); 262 return PU.is<ClassTemplateDecl*>() ? 263 static_cast<const Decl*>(PU.get<ClassTemplateDecl *>()) : 264 static_cast<const Decl*>( 265 PU.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>()); 266 } 267 268 // Class is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 269 if (const MemberSpecializationInfo *Info = 270 CRD->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) 271 return Info->getInstantiatedFrom(); 272 273 return D; 274 } 275 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 276 // Enum is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 277 if (const EnumDecl *MemberDecl = ED->getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum()) 278 return MemberDecl; 279 280 return D; 281 } 282 // FIXME: Adjust alias templates? 283 return D; 284} 285} // unnamed namespace 286 287const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForAnyRedecl( 288 const Decl *D, 289 const Decl **OriginalDecl) const { 290 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 291 292 // Check whether we have cached a comment for this declaration already. 293 { 294 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 295 RedeclComments.find(D); 296 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 297 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 298 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 299 if (OriginalDecl) 300 *OriginalDecl = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 301 return Raw.getRaw(); 302 } 303 } 304 } 305 306 // Search for comments attached to declarations in the redeclaration chain. 307 const RawComment *RC = NULL; 308 const Decl *OriginalDeclForRC = NULL; 309 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 310 E = D->redecls_end(); 311 I != E; ++I) { 312 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 313 RedeclComments.find(*I); 314 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 315 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 316 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 317 RC = Raw.getRaw(); 318 OriginalDeclForRC = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 319 break; 320 } 321 } else { 322 RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(*I); 323 OriginalDeclForRC = *I; 324 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 325 if (RC) { 326 Raw.setRaw(RC); 327 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromDecl); 328 } else 329 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl); 330 Raw.setOriginalDecl(*I); 331 RedeclComments[*I] = Raw; 332 if (RC) 333 break; 334 } 335 } 336 337 // If we found a comment, it should be a documentation comment. 338 assert(!RC || RC->isDocumentation()); 339 340 if (OriginalDecl) 341 *OriginalDecl = OriginalDeclForRC; 342 343 // Update cache for every declaration in the redeclaration chain. 344 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 345 Raw.setRaw(RC); 346 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromRedecl); 347 Raw.setOriginalDecl(OriginalDeclForRC); 348 349 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 350 E = D->redecls_end(); 351 I != E; ++I) { 352 RawCommentAndCacheFlags &R = RedeclComments[*I]; 353 if (R.getKind() == RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) 354 R = Raw; 355 } 356 357 return RC; 358} 359 360static void addRedeclaredMethods(const ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 361 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Redeclared) { 362 const DeclContext *DC = ObjCMethod->getDeclContext(); 363 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(DC)) { 364 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = IMD->getClassInterface(); 365 if (!ID) 366 return; 367 // Add redeclared method here. 368 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl = ID->getFirstClassExtension(); 369 ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) { 370 if (ObjCMethodDecl *RedeclaredMethod = 371 ClsExtDecl->getMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(), 372 ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod())) 373 Redeclared.push_back(RedeclaredMethod); 374 } 375 } 376} 377 378comments::FullComment *ASTContext::cloneFullComment(comments::FullComment *FC, 379 const Decl *D) const { 380 comments::DeclInfo *ThisDeclInfo = new (*this) comments::DeclInfo; 381 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = D; 382 ThisDeclInfo->IsFilled = false; 383 ThisDeclInfo->fill(); 384 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = FC->getDecl(); 385 comments::FullComment *CFC = 386 new (*this) comments::FullComment(FC->getBlocks(), 387 ThisDeclInfo); 388 return CFC; 389 390} 391 392comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl( 393 const Decl *D, 394 const Preprocessor *PP) const { 395 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 396 397 const Decl *Canonical = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 398 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, comments::FullComment *>::iterator Pos = 399 ParsedComments.find(Canonical); 400 401 if (Pos != ParsedComments.end()) { 402 if (Canonical != D) { 403 comments::FullComment *FC = Pos->second; 404 comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D); 405 return CFC; 406 } 407 return Pos->second; 408 } 409 410 const Decl *OriginalDecl; 411 412 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D, &OriginalDecl); 413 if (!RC) { 414 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 415 SmallVector<const NamedDecl*, 8> Overridden; 416 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) 417 addRedeclaredMethods(OMD, Overridden); 418 getOverriddenMethods(dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D), Overridden); 419 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Overridden.size(); i < e; i++) { 420 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(Overridden[i], PP)) { 421 comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D); 422 return CFC; 423 } 424 } 425 } 426 return NULL; 427 } 428 429 // If the RawComment was attached to other redeclaration of this Decl, we 430 // should parse the comment in context of that other Decl. This is important 431 // because comments can contain references to parameter names which can be 432 // different across redeclarations. 433 if (D != OriginalDecl) 434 return getCommentForDecl(OriginalDecl, PP); 435 436 comments::FullComment *FC = RC->parse(*this, PP, D); 437 ParsedComments[Canonical] = FC; 438 return FC; 439} 440 441void 442ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, 443 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) { 444 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth()); 445 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition()); 446 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack()); 447 448 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters(); 449 ID.AddInteger(Params->size()); 450 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 451 PEnd = Params->end(); 452 P != PEnd; ++P) { 453 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) { 454 ID.AddInteger(0); 455 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack()); 456 continue; 457 } 458 459 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 460 ID.AddInteger(1); 461 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack()); 462 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 463 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 464 ID.AddBoolean(true); 465 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes()); 466 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 467 QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I); 468 ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 469 } 470 } else 471 ID.AddBoolean(false); 472 continue; 473 } 474 475 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P); 476 ID.AddInteger(2); 477 Profile(ID, TTP); 478 } 479} 480 481TemplateTemplateParmDecl * 482ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 483 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const { 484 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter. 485 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 486 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP); 487 void *InsertPos = 0; 488 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical 489 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 490 if (Canonical) 491 return Canonical->getParam(); 492 493 // Build a canonical template parameter list. 494 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters(); 495 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams; 496 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size()); 497 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 498 PEnd = Params->end(); 499 P != PEnd; ++P) { 500 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) 501 CanonParams.push_back( 502 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 503 SourceLocation(), 504 SourceLocation(), 505 TTP->getDepth(), 506 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false, 507 TTP->isParameterPack())); 508 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP 509 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 510 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()); 511 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 512 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param; 513 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 514 SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes; 515 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos; 516 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 517 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I))); 518 ExpandedTInfos.push_back( 519 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back())); 520 } 521 522 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 523 SourceLocation(), 524 SourceLocation(), 525 NTTP->getDepth(), 526 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 527 T, 528 TInfo, 529 ExpandedTypes.data(), 530 ExpandedTypes.size(), 531 ExpandedTInfos.data()); 532 } else { 533 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 534 SourceLocation(), 535 SourceLocation(), 536 NTTP->getDepth(), 537 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 538 T, 539 NTTP->isParameterPack(), 540 TInfo); 541 } 542 CanonParams.push_back(Param); 543 544 } else 545 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 546 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P))); 547 } 548 549 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP 550 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 551 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(), 552 TTP->getPosition(), 553 TTP->isParameterPack(), 554 0, 555 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(), 556 SourceLocation(), 557 CanonParams.data(), 558 CanonParams.size(), 559 SourceLocation())); 560 561 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 562 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 563 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); 564 (void)Canonical; 565 566 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry. 567 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP); 568 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos); 569 return CanonTTP; 570} 571 572CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) { 573 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0; 574 575 switch (T.getCXXABI()) { 576 case CXXABI_ARM: 577 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this); 578 case CXXABI_Itanium: 579 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this); 580 case CXXABI_Microsoft: 581 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this); 582 } 583 llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!"); 584} 585 586static const LangAS::Map *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T, 587 const LangOptions &LOpts) { 588 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) { 589 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each 590 // language-specific address space. 591 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = { 592 1, // opencl_global 593 2, // opencl_local 594 3, // opencl_constant 595 4, // cuda_device 596 5, // cuda_constant 597 6 // cuda_shared 598 }; 599 return &FakeAddrSpaceMap; 600 } else { 601 return &T.getAddressSpaceMap(); 602 } 603} 604 605ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM, 606 const TargetInfo *t, 607 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels, 608 Builtin::Context &builtins, 609 unsigned size_reserve, 610 bool DelayInitialization) 611 : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()), 612 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 613 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 614 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()), 615 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), 616 Int128Decl(0), UInt128Decl(0), 617 BuiltinVaListDecl(0), 618 ObjCIdDecl(0), ObjCSelDecl(0), ObjCClassDecl(0), ObjCProtocolClassDecl(0), 619 BOOLDecl(0), 620 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), ObjCInstanceTypeDecl(0), 621 FILEDecl(0), 622 jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), ucontext_tDecl(0), 623 BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0), 624 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0), 625 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()), 626 FirstLocalImport(), LastLocalImport(), 627 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), 628 AddrSpaceMap(0), Target(t), PrintingPolicy(LOpts), 629 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels), 630 BuiltinInfo(builtins), 631 DeclarationNames(*this), 632 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), 633 Comments(SM), CommentsLoaded(false), 634 CommentCommandTraits(BumpAlloc), 635 LastSDM(0, 0), 636 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0) 637{ 638 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve); 639 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this); 640 641 if (!DelayInitialization) { 642 assert(t && "No target supplied for ASTContext initialization"); 643 InitBuiltinTypes(*t); 644 } 645} 646 647ASTContext::~ASTContext() { 648 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects. 649 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution? 650 ReleaseDeclContextMaps(); 651 652 // Call all of the deallocation functions. 653 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I) 654 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second); 655 656 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed 657 // because they can contain DenseMaps. 658 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*, 659 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 660 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) 661 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 662 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 663 R->Destroy(*this); 664 665 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 666 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) { 667 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 668 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 669 R->Destroy(*this); 670 } 671 672 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(), 673 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end(); 674 A != AEnd; ++A) 675 A->second->~AttrVec(); 676} 677 678void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) { 679 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data)); 680} 681 682void 683ASTContext::setExternalSource(OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) { 684 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take()); 685} 686 687void ASTContext::PrintStats() const { 688 llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n"; 689 llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n"; 690 691 unsigned counts[] = { 692#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0, 693#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 694#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 695 0 // Extra 696 }; 697 698 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) { 699 Type *T = Types[i]; 700 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++; 701 } 702 703 unsigned Idx = 0; 704 unsigned TotalBytes = 0; 705#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \ 706 if (counts[Idx]) \ 707 llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \ 708 << " types\n"; \ 709 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \ 710 ++Idx; 711#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 712#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 713 714 llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n"; 715 716 // Implicit special member functions. 717 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/" 718 << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors 719 << " implicit default constructors created\n"; 720 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/" 721 << NumImplicitCopyConstructors 722 << " implicit copy constructors created\n"; 723 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 724 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/" 725 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors 726 << " implicit move constructors created\n"; 727 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 728 << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators 729 << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n"; 730 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 731 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 732 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators 733 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n"; 734 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/" 735 << NumImplicitDestructors 736 << " implicit destructors created\n"; 737 738 if (ExternalSource.get()) { 739 llvm::errs() << "\n"; 740 ExternalSource->PrintStats(); 741 } 742 743 BumpAlloc.PrintStats(); 744} 745 746TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const { 747 if (!Int128Decl) { 748 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Int128Ty); 749 Int128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 750 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 751 SourceLocation(), 752 SourceLocation(), 753 &Idents.get("__int128_t"), 754 TInfo); 755 } 756 757 return Int128Decl; 758} 759 760TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const { 761 if (!UInt128Decl) { 762 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnsignedInt128Ty); 763 UInt128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 764 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 765 SourceLocation(), 766 SourceLocation(), 767 &Idents.get("__uint128_t"), 768 TInfo); 769 } 770 771 return UInt128Decl; 772} 773 774void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) { 775 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K); 776 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0)); 777 Types.push_back(Ty); 778} 779 780void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target) { 781 assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) && 782 "Incorrect target reinitialization"); 783 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?"); 784 785 this->Target = &Target; 786 787 ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target)); 788 AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts); 789 790 // C99 6.2.5p19. 791 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void); 792 793 // C99 6.2.5p2. 794 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool); 795 // C99 6.2.5p3. 796 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned) 797 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S); 798 else 799 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U); 800 // C99 6.2.5p4. 801 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar); 802 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short); 803 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int); 804 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long); 805 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong); 806 807 // C99 6.2.5p6. 808 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar); 809 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort); 810 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt); 811 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong); 812 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong); 813 814 // C99 6.2.5p10. 815 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float); 816 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double); 817 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble); 818 819 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers. 820 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128); 821 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128); 822 823 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && LangOpts.WChar) { // C++ 3.9.1p5 824 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType())) 825 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S); 826 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned. 827 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U); 828 } else // C99 (or C++ using -fno-wchar) 829 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()); 830 831 WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType()); 832 833 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 834 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16); 835 else // C99 836 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()); 837 838 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 839 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32); 840 else // C99 841 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()); 842 843 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is 844 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against 845 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to 846 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent 847 // expressions. 848 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent); 849 850 // Placeholder type for functions. 851 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload); 852 853 // Placeholder type for bound members. 854 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember); 855 856 // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects. 857 InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject); 858 859 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients. 860 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny); 861 862 // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts. 863 InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast); 864 865 // Placeholder type for builtin functions. 866 InitBuiltinType(BuiltinFnTy, BuiltinType::BuiltinFn); 867 868 // C99 6.2.5p11. 869 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy); 870 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy); 871 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy); 872 873 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'. 874 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId); 875 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass); 876 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel); 877 878 if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { 879 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1d); 880 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray); 881 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dBufferTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer); 882 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2d); 883 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray); 884 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage3dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage3d); 885 } 886 887 // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no 888 ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ? 889 SignedCharTy : BoolTy); 890 891 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType(); 892 893 // void * type 894 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy); 895 896 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7) 897 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr); 898 899 // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16 900 InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half); 901 902 // Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list. 903 VaListTagTy = QualType(); 904} 905 906DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const { 907 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics(); 908} 909 910AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 911 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D]; 912 if (!Result) { 913 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec)); 914 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec; 915 } 916 917 return *Result; 918} 919 920/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration. 921void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 922 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D); 923 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) { 924 Pos->second->~AttrVec(); 925 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos); 926 } 927} 928 929MemberSpecializationInfo * 930ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) { 931 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 932 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos 933 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var); 934 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end()) 935 return 0; 936 937 return Pos->second; 938} 939 940void 941ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl, 942 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 943 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) { 944 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 945 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 946 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] && 947 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from"); 948 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] 949 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation); 950} 951 952FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern( 953 const FunctionDecl *FD){ 954 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 955 llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 956 = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD); 957 if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end()) 958 return 0; 959 960 return Pos->second; 961} 962 963void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD, 964 FunctionDecl *Pattern) { 965 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 966 assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0"); 967 ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern; 968} 969 970NamedDecl * 971ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) { 972 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 973 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD); 974 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end()) 975 return 0; 976 977 return Pos->second; 978} 979 980void 981ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) { 982 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) || 983 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) || 984 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) && 985 "pattern decl is not a using decl"); 986 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 987 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 988} 989 990UsingShadowDecl * 991ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) { 992 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos 993 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst); 994 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end()) 995 return 0; 996 997 return Pos->second; 998} 999 1000void 1001ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst, 1002 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) { 1003 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 1004 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 1005} 1006 1007FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) { 1008 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos 1009 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field); 1010 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end()) 1011 return 0; 1012 1013 return Pos->second; 1014} 1015 1016void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst, 1017 FieldDecl *Tmpl) { 1018 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed"); 1019 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed"); 1020 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] && 1021 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from"); 1022 1023 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl; 1024} 1025 1026bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1027 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1028 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 1029 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0); 1030} 1031 1032bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1033 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1034 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1035 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0 && 1036 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this) != 0); 1037} 1038 1039bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1040 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1041 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1042 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) && 1043 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1044} 1045 1046bool ASTContext::NonBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1047 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1048 return (!FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1049 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1050} 1051 1052bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1053 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1054 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 1055 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1056} 1057 1058ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1059ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1060 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1061 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1062 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1063 return 0; 1064 1065 return Pos->second.begin(); 1066} 1067 1068ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1069ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1070 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1071 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1072 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1073 return 0; 1074 1075 return Pos->second.end(); 1076} 1077 1078unsigned 1079ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1080 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1081 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1082 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1083 return 0; 1084 1085 return Pos->second.size(); 1086} 1087 1088void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1089 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) { 1090 assert(Method->isCanonicalDecl() && Overridden->isCanonicalDecl()); 1091 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden); 1092} 1093 1094void ASTContext::getOverriddenMethods( 1095 const NamedDecl *D, 1096 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Overridden) const { 1097 assert(D); 1098 1099 if (const CXXMethodDecl *CXXMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 1100 Overridden.append(CXXMethod->begin_overridden_methods(), 1101 CXXMethod->end_overridden_methods()); 1102 return; 1103 } 1104 1105 const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1106 if (!Method) 1107 return; 1108 1109 SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 8> OverDecls; 1110 Method->getOverriddenMethods(OverDecls); 1111 Overridden.append(OverDecls.begin(), OverDecls.end()); 1112} 1113 1114void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) { 1115 assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain"); 1116 assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration"); 1117 if (!FirstLocalImport) { 1118 FirstLocalImport = Import; 1119 LastLocalImport = Import; 1120 return; 1121 } 1122 1123 LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import; 1124 LastLocalImport = Import; 1125} 1126 1127//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1128// Type Sizing and Analysis 1129//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1130 1131/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified 1132/// scalar floating point type. 1133const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const { 1134 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 1135 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!"); 1136 switch (BT->getKind()) { 1137 default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!"); 1138 case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat(); 1139 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat(); 1140 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat(); 1141 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat(); 1142 } 1143} 1144 1145/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the 1146/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so 1147/// this method will assert on them. 1148/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type 1149/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen). 1150CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const { 1151 unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth(); 1152 1153 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false; 1154 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) { 1155 Align = AlignFromAttr; 1156 1157 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment 1158 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases 1159 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified. 1160 // 1161 // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can 1162 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it. 1163 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) { 1164 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1165 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1166 } else { 1167 UseAlignAttrOnly = true; 1168 } 1169 } 1170 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) 1171 UseAlignAttrOnly = 1172 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1173 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1174 1175 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything 1176 // else about the declaration and its type. 1177 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) { 1178 // do nothing 1179 1180 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1181 QualType T = VD->getType(); 1182 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 1183 if (RefAsPointee) 1184 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 1185 else 1186 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType()); 1187 } 1188 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) { 1189 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the 1190 // large-array alignment on the target. 1191 unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth(); 1192 const ArrayType *arrayType; 1193 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) { 1194 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType)) 1195 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1196 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) && 1197 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType))) 1198 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1199 1200 // Walk through any array types while we're at it. 1201 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType); 1202 } 1203 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr())); 1204 } 1205 1206 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if 1207 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a 1208 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate 1209 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then 1210 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type. 1211 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) { 1212 // So calculate the alignment of the field. 1213 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent()); 1214 1215 // Start with the record's overall alignment. 1216 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment()); 1217 1218 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record. 1219 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex()); 1220 if (offset > 0) { 1221 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2, 1222 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's. 1223 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1); 1224 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign) 1225 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset); 1226 } 1227 1228 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign); 1229 } 1230 } 1231 1232 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align); 1233} 1234 1235// getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars - Return the size of a type, in 1236// chars. If the type is a record, its data size is returned. This is 1237// the size of the memcpy that's performed when assigning this type 1238// using a trivial copy/move assignment operator. 1239std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1240ASTContext::getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1241 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> sizeAndAlign = getTypeInfoInChars(T); 1242 1243 // In C++, objects can sometimes be allocated into the tail padding 1244 // of a base-class subobject. We decide whether that's possible 1245 // during class layout, so here we can just trust the layout results. 1246 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1247 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1248 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1249 sizeAndAlign.first = layout.getDataSize(); 1250 } 1251 } 1252 1253 return sizeAndAlign; 1254} 1255 1256std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1257ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const { 1258 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T); 1259 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first), 1260 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second)); 1261} 1262 1263std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1264ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const { 1265 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr()); 1266} 1267 1268std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const { 1269 TypeInfoMap::iterator it = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T); 1270 if (it != MemoizedTypeInfo.end()) 1271 return it->second; 1272 1273 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfoImpl(T); 1274 MemoizedTypeInfo.insert(std::make_pair(T, Info)); 1275 return Info; 1276} 1277 1278/// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This 1279/// method does not work on incomplete types. 1280/// 1281/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and 1282/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this 1283/// should take a QualType, &c. 1284std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> 1285ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const { 1286 uint64_t Width=0; 1287 unsigned Align=8; 1288 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 1289#define TYPE(Class, Base) 1290#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 1291#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) 1292#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 1293#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 1294 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types"); 1295 1296 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 1297 case Type::FunctionProto: 1298 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits 1299 Width = 0; 1300 Align = 32; 1301 break; 1302 1303 case Type::IncompleteArray: 1304 case Type::VariableArray: 1305 Width = 0; 1306 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType()); 1307 break; 1308 1309 case Type::ConstantArray: { 1310 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T); 1311 1312 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType()); 1313 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1314 assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.first <= (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && 1315 "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation"); 1316 Width = EltInfo.first*Size; 1317 Align = EltInfo.second; 1318 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1319 break; 1320 } 1321 case Type::ExtVector: 1322 case Type::Vector: { 1323 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T); 1324 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType()); 1325 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements(); 1326 Align = Width; 1327 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2. 1328 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors. 1329 if (Align & (Align-1)) { 1330 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align); 1331 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1332 } 1333 // Adjust the alignment based on the target max. 1334 uint64_t TargetVectorAlign = Target->getMaxVectorAlign(); 1335 if (TargetVectorAlign && TargetVectorAlign < Align) 1336 Align = TargetVectorAlign; 1337 break; 1338 } 1339 1340 case Type::Builtin: 1341 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 1342 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!"); 1343 case BuiltinType::Void: 1344 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits. 1345 Width = 0; 1346 Align = 8; 1347 break; 1348 1349 case BuiltinType::Bool: 1350 Width = Target->getBoolWidth(); 1351 Align = Target->getBoolAlign(); 1352 break; 1353 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 1354 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 1355 case BuiltinType::UChar: 1356 case BuiltinType::SChar: 1357 Width = Target->getCharWidth(); 1358 Align = Target->getCharAlign(); 1359 break; 1360 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 1361 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 1362 Width = Target->getWCharWidth(); 1363 Align = Target->getWCharAlign(); 1364 break; 1365 case BuiltinType::Char16: 1366 Width = Target->getChar16Width(); 1367 Align = Target->getChar16Align(); 1368 break; 1369 case BuiltinType::Char32: 1370 Width = Target->getChar32Width(); 1371 Align = Target->getChar32Align(); 1372 break; 1373 case BuiltinType::UShort: 1374 case BuiltinType::Short: 1375 Width = Target->getShortWidth(); 1376 Align = Target->getShortAlign(); 1377 break; 1378 case BuiltinType::UInt: 1379 case BuiltinType::Int: 1380 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1381 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1382 break; 1383 case BuiltinType::ULong: 1384 case BuiltinType::Long: 1385 Width = Target->getLongWidth(); 1386 Align = Target->getLongAlign(); 1387 break; 1388 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 1389 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 1390 Width = Target->getLongLongWidth(); 1391 Align = Target->getLongLongAlign(); 1392 break; 1393 case BuiltinType::Int128: 1394 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 1395 Width = 128; 1396 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets. 1397 break; 1398 case BuiltinType::Half: 1399 Width = Target->getHalfWidth(); 1400 Align = Target->getHalfAlign(); 1401 break; 1402 case BuiltinType::Float: 1403 Width = Target->getFloatWidth(); 1404 Align = Target->getFloatAlign(); 1405 break; 1406 case BuiltinType::Double: 1407 Width = Target->getDoubleWidth(); 1408 Align = Target->getDoubleAlign(); 1409 break; 1410 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 1411 Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth(); 1412 Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign(); 1413 break; 1414 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: 1415 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t) 1416 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*) 1417 break; 1418 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 1419 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 1420 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 1421 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1422 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1423 break; 1424 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d: 1425 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray: 1426 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer: 1427 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d: 1428 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray: 1429 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d: 1430 // Currently these types are pointers to opaque types. 1431 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1432 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1433 break; 1434 } 1435 break; 1436 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 1437 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1438 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1439 break; 1440 case Type::BlockPointer: { 1441 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1442 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1443 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1444 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1445 break; 1446 } 1447 case Type::LValueReference: 1448 case Type::RValueReference: { 1449 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go 1450 // the pointer route. 1451 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1452 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1453 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1454 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1455 break; 1456 } 1457 case Type::Pointer: { 1458 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1459 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1460 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1461 break; 1462 } 1463 case Type::MemberPointer: { 1464 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T); 1465 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo = 1466 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType()); 1467 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first * ABI->getMemberPointerSize(MPT); 1468 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second; 1469 break; 1470 } 1471 case Type::Complex: { 1472 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the 1473 // size. 1474 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = 1475 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType()); 1476 Width = EltInfo.first*2; 1477 Align = EltInfo.second; 1478 break; 1479 } 1480 case Type::ObjCObject: 1481 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr()); 1482 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 1483 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T); 1484 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl()); 1485 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1486 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1487 break; 1488 } 1489 case Type::Record: 1490 case Type::Enum: { 1491 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T); 1492 1493 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) { 1494 Width = 8; 1495 Align = 8; 1496 break; 1497 } 1498 1499 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT)) 1500 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()); 1501 1502 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT); 1503 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1504 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1505 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1506 break; 1507 } 1508 1509 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: 1510 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)-> 1511 getReplacementType().getTypePtr()); 1512 1513 case Type::Auto: { 1514 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T); 1515 assert(A->isDeduced() && "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 1516 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr()); 1517 } 1518 1519 case Type::Paren: 1520 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr()); 1521 1522 case Type::Typedef: { 1523 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl(); 1524 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1525 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1526 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed 1527 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that 1528 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation. 1529 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment()) 1530 Align = AttrAlign; 1531 else 1532 Align = Info.second; 1533 Width = Info.first; 1534 break; 1535 } 1536 1537 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 1538 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1539 .getTypePtr()); 1540 1541 case Type::TypeOf: 1542 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1543 1544 case Type::Decltype: 1545 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1546 .getTypePtr()); 1547 1548 case Type::UnaryTransform: 1549 return getTypeInfo(cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType()); 1550 1551 case Type::Elaborated: 1552 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr()); 1553 1554 case Type::Attributed: 1555 return getTypeInfo( 1556 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr()); 1557 1558 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: { 1559 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T && 1560 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 1561 const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T); 1562 // A type alias template specialization may refer to a typedef with the 1563 // aligned attribute on it. 1564 if (TST->isTypeAlias()) 1565 return getTypeInfo(TST->getAliasedType().getTypePtr()); 1566 else 1567 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T)); 1568 } 1569 1570 case Type::Atomic: { 1571 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1572 = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType()); 1573 Width = Info.first; 1574 Align = Info.second; 1575 if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth() && 1576 llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) { 1577 // We can potentially perform lock-free atomic operations for this 1578 // type; promote the alignment appropriately. 1579 // FIXME: We could potentially promote the width here as well... 1580 // is that worthwhile? (Non-struct atomic types generally have 1581 // power-of-two size anyway, but structs might not. Requires a bit 1582 // of implementation work to make sure we zero out the extra bits.) 1583 Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width); 1584 } 1585 } 1586 1587 } 1588 1589 assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2"); 1590 return std::make_pair(Width, Align); 1591} 1592 1593/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters. 1594CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const { 1595 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth()); 1596} 1597 1598/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters. 1599int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const { 1600 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth(); 1601} 1602 1603/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters. 1604/// This method does not work on incomplete types. 1605CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1606 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T)); 1607} 1608CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const { 1609 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T)); 1610} 1611 1612/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in 1613/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types. 1614CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const { 1615 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1616} 1617CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const { 1618 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1619} 1620 1621/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified 1622/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI 1623/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign 1624/// a data type. 1625unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const { 1626 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T); 1627 1628 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible. 1629 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 1630 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 1631 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || 1632 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || 1633 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong)) 1634 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T)); 1635 1636 return ABIAlign; 1637} 1638 1639/// DeepCollectObjCIvars - 1640/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in 1641/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for 1642/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class 1643/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known. 1644/// 1645void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 1646 bool leafClass, 1647 SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const { 1648 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass()) 1649 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars); 1650 if (!leafClass) { 1651 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(), 1652 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) 1653 Ivars.push_back(*I); 1654 } else { 1655 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI); 1656 for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv; 1657 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar()) 1658 Ivars.push_back(Iv); 1659 } 1660} 1661 1662/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and 1663/// those inherited by it. 1664void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl, 1665 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) { 1666 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) { 1667 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of 1668 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories. 1669 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(), 1670 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1671 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1672 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1673 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1674 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1675 Protocols.insert((*P)->getCanonicalDecl()); 1676 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1677 } 1678 } 1679 1680 // Categories of this Interface. 1681 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList(); 1682 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory()) 1683 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols); 1684 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass()) 1685 while (SD) { 1686 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols); 1687 SD = SD->getSuperClass(); 1688 } 1689 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) { 1690 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(), 1691 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1692 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1693 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1694 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1695 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1696 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1697 } 1698 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) { 1699 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(), 1700 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1701 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1702 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1703 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1704 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1705 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1706 } 1707 } 1708} 1709 1710unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const { 1711 unsigned count = 0; 1712 // Count ivars declared in class extension. 1713 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getFirstClassExtension(); CDecl; 1714 CDecl = CDecl->getNextClassExtension()) 1715 count += CDecl->ivar_size(); 1716 1717 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This 1718 // includes synthesized ivars. 1719 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation()) 1720 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size(); 1721 1722 return count; 1723} 1724 1725bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) { 1726 if (!E) 1727 return false; 1728 1729 // nullptr_t is always treated as null. 1730 if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true; 1731 1732 if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() && 1733 E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this, 1734 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) 1735 return true; 1736 1737 // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'. 1738 if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true; 1739 1740 return false; 1741} 1742 1743/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists. 1744ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { 1745 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1746 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1747 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1748 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second); 1749 return 0; 1750} 1751/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists. 1752ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) { 1753 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1754 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1755 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1756 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second); 1757 return 0; 1758} 1759 1760/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl. 1761void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD, 1762 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) { 1763 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1764 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD; 1765} 1766/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl. 1767void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD, 1768 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) { 1769 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1770 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD; 1771} 1772 1773ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface(NamedDecl *ND) const { 1774 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1775 return ID; 1776 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1777 return CD->getClassInterface(); 1778 if (ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1779 return IMD->getClassInterface(); 1780 1781 return 0; 1782} 1783 1784/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if 1785/// none exists. 1786Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) { 1787 assert(VD && "Passed null params"); 1788 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1789 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1790 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator 1791 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD); 1792 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0; 1793} 1794 1795/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl. 1796void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) { 1797 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params"); 1798 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1799 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1800 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init; 1801} 1802 1803TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1804 unsigned DataSize) const { 1805 if (!DataSize) 1806 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T); 1807 else 1808 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) && 1809 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!"); 1810 1811 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 1812 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8); 1813 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T); 1814 return TInfo; 1815} 1816 1817TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1818 SourceLocation L) const { 1819 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T); 1820 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L); 1821 return DI; 1822} 1823 1824const ASTRecordLayout & 1825ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const { 1826 return getObjCLayout(D, 0); 1827} 1828 1829const ASTRecordLayout & 1830ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout( 1831 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const { 1832 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D); 1833} 1834 1835//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1836// Type creation/memoization methods 1837//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1838 1839QualType 1840ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const { 1841 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers(); 1842 quals.removeFastQualifiers(); 1843 1844 // Check if we've already instantiated this type. 1845 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1846 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals); 1847 void *insertPos = 0; 1848 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) { 1849 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals); 1850 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1851 } 1852 1853 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type. 1854 QualType canon; 1855 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 1856 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split(); 1857 canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals); 1858 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals); 1859 1860 // Re-find the insert position. 1861 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 1862 } 1863 1864 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals); 1865 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos); 1866 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1867} 1868 1869QualType 1870ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const { 1871 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 1872 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace) 1873 return T; 1874 1875 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 1876 // into one ExtQuals node. 1877 QualifierCollector Quals; 1878 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 1879 1880 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get 1881 // another one. 1882 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() && 1883 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!"); 1884 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace); 1885 1886 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 1887} 1888 1889QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T, 1890 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const { 1891 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 1892 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr) 1893 return T; 1894 1895 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 1896 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType(); 1897 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) { 1898 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr); 1899 return getPointerType(ResultType); 1900 } 1901 } 1902 1903 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 1904 // into one ExtQuals node. 1905 QualifierCollector Quals; 1906 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 1907 1908 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get 1909 // another one. 1910 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() && 1911 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!"); 1912 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr); 1913 1914 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 1915} 1916 1917const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T, 1918 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) { 1919 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info) 1920 return T; 1921 1922 QualType Result; 1923 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) { 1924 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info); 1925 } else { 1926 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T); 1927 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 1928 EPI.ExtInfo = Info; 1929 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(), 1930 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 1931 } 1932 1933 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr()); 1934} 1935 1936/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex 1937/// number with the specified element type. 1938QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const { 1939 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1940 // structure. 1941 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1942 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T); 1943 1944 void *InsertPos = 0; 1945 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1946 return QualType(CT, 0); 1947 1948 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 1949 // so fill in the canonical type field. 1950 QualType Canonical; 1951 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 1952 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T)); 1953 1954 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1955 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1956 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1957 } 1958 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical); 1959 Types.push_back(New); 1960 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1961 return QualType(New, 0); 1962} 1963 1964/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to 1965/// the specified type. 1966QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const { 1967 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1968 // structure. 1969 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1970 PointerType::Profile(ID, T); 1971 1972 void *InsertPos = 0; 1973 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1974 return QualType(PT, 0); 1975 1976 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 1977 // so fill in the canonical type field. 1978 QualType Canonical; 1979 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 1980 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 1981 1982 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1983 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1984 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1985 } 1986 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical); 1987 Types.push_back(New); 1988 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1989 return QualType(New, 0); 1990} 1991 1992/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for 1993/// a pointer to the specified block. 1994QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const { 1995 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only"); 1996 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular 1997 // structure. 1998 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1999 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T); 2000 2001 void *InsertPos = 0; 2002 if (BlockPointerType *PT = 2003 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2004 return QualType(PT, 0); 2005 2006 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2007 // type either so fill in the canonical type field. 2008 QualType Canonical; 2009 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2010 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2011 2012 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2013 BlockPointerType *NewIP = 2014 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2015 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2016 } 2017 BlockPointerType *New 2018 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical); 2019 Types.push_back(New); 2020 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2021 return QualType(New, 0); 2022} 2023 2024/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2025/// lvalue reference to the specified type. 2026QualType 2027ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const { 2028 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy && 2029 "Unresolved overloaded function type"); 2030 2031 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2032 // structure. 2033 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2034 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue); 2035 2036 void *InsertPos = 0; 2037 if (LValueReferenceType *RT = 2038 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2039 return QualType(RT, 0); 2040 2041 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2042 2043 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2044 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2045 QualType Canonical; 2046 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2047 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2048 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2049 2050 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2051 LValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2052 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2053 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2054 } 2055 2056 LValueReferenceType *New 2057 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical, 2058 SpelledAsLValue); 2059 Types.push_back(New); 2060 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2061 2062 return QualType(New, 0); 2063} 2064 2065/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2066/// rvalue reference to the specified type. 2067QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const { 2068 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2069 // structure. 2070 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2071 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false); 2072 2073 void *InsertPos = 0; 2074 if (RValueReferenceType *RT = 2075 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2076 return QualType(RT, 0); 2077 2078 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2079 2080 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2081 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2082 QualType Canonical; 2083 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2084 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2085 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2086 2087 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2088 RValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2089 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2090 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2091 } 2092 2093 RValueReferenceType *New 2094 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical); 2095 Types.push_back(New); 2096 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2097 return QualType(New, 0); 2098} 2099 2100/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a 2101/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class. 2102QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const { 2103 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2104 // structure. 2105 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2106 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls); 2107 2108 void *InsertPos = 0; 2109 if (MemberPointerType *PT = 2110 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2111 return QualType(PT, 0); 2112 2113 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2114 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2115 QualType Canonical; 2116 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2117 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls)); 2118 2119 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2120 MemberPointerType *NewIP = 2121 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2122 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2123 } 2124 MemberPointerType *New 2125 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical); 2126 Types.push_back(New); 2127 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2128 return QualType(New, 0); 2129} 2130 2131/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an 2132/// array of the specified element type. 2133QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2134 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn, 2135 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2136 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const { 2137 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() || 2138 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) && 2139 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!"); 2140 2141 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for 2142 // the target. 2143 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn); 2144 ArySize = 2145 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy))); 2146 2147 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2148 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2149 2150 void *InsertPos = 0; 2151 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP = 2152 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2153 return QualType(ATP, 0); 2154 2155 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't 2156 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2157 QualType Canon; 2158 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2159 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2160 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize, 2161 ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2162 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2163 2164 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2165 ConstantArrayType *NewIP = 2166 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2167 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2168 } 2169 2170 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment) 2171 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2172 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2173 Types.push_back(New); 2174 return QualType(New, 0); 2175} 2176 2177/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be 2178/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known 2179/// sizes replaced with [*]. 2180QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const { 2181 // Vastly most common case. 2182 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type; 2183 2184 QualType result; 2185 2186 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 2187 const Type *ty = split.Ty; 2188 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) { 2189#define TYPE(Class, Base) 2190#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 2191#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 2192#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 2193 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?"); 2194 2195 // These types should never be variably-modified. 2196 case Type::Builtin: 2197 case Type::Complex: 2198 case Type::Vector: 2199 case Type::ExtVector: 2200 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: 2201 case Type::ObjCObject: 2202 case Type::ObjCInterface: 2203 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 2204 case Type::Record: 2205 case Type::Enum: 2206 case Type::UnresolvedUsing: 2207 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 2208 case Type::TypeOf: 2209 case Type::Decltype: 2210 case Type::UnaryTransform: 2211 case Type::DependentName: 2212 case Type::InjectedClassName: 2213 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: 2214 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: 2215 case Type::TemplateTypeParm: 2216 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: 2217 case Type::Auto: 2218 case Type::PackExpansion: 2219 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified"); 2220 2221 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to 2222 // further decay. 2223 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 2224 case Type::FunctionProto: 2225 case Type::BlockPointer: 2226 case Type::MemberPointer: 2227 return type; 2228 2229 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications 2230 // preserve structure except as noted by comments. 2231 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op 2232 // optimizations available here. 2233 case Type::Pointer: 2234 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType( 2235 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType())); 2236 break; 2237 2238 case Type::LValueReference: { 2239 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty); 2240 result = getLValueReferenceType( 2241 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()), 2242 lv->isSpelledAsLValue()); 2243 break; 2244 } 2245 2246 case Type::RValueReference: { 2247 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty); 2248 result = getRValueReferenceType( 2249 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType())); 2250 break; 2251 } 2252 2253 case Type::Atomic: { 2254 const AtomicType *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty); 2255 result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType())); 2256 break; 2257 } 2258 2259 case Type::ConstantArray: { 2260 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty); 2261 result = getConstantArrayType( 2262 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()), 2263 cat->getSize(), 2264 cat->getSizeModifier(), 2265 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); 2266 break; 2267 } 2268 2269 case Type::DependentSizedArray: { 2270 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty); 2271 result = getDependentSizedArrayType( 2272 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()), 2273 dat->getSizeExpr(), 2274 dat->getSizeModifier(), 2275 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2276 dat->getBracketsRange()); 2277 break; 2278 } 2279 2280 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types. 2281 case Type::IncompleteArray: { 2282 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty); 2283 result = getVariableArrayType( 2284 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()), 2285 /*size*/ 0, 2286 ArrayType::Normal, 2287 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2288 SourceRange()); 2289 break; 2290 } 2291 2292 // Turn VLA types into [*] types. 2293 case Type::VariableArray: { 2294 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty); 2295 result = getVariableArrayType( 2296 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()), 2297 /*size*/ 0, 2298 ArrayType::Star, 2299 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2300 vat->getBracketsRange()); 2301 break; 2302 } 2303 } 2304 2305 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original. 2306 return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals); 2307} 2308 2309/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a 2310/// variable array of the specified element type. 2311QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2312 Expr *NumElts, 2313 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2314 unsigned IndexTypeQuals, 2315 SourceRange Brackets) const { 2316 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's 2317 // that have an expression provided for their size. 2318 QualType Canon; 2319 2320 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type. 2321 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2322 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2323 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM, 2324 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2325 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2326 } 2327 2328 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2329 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2330 2331 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New); 2332 Types.push_back(New); 2333 return QualType(New, 0); 2334} 2335 2336/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to 2337/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element 2338/// type. 2339QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType, 2340 Expr *numElements, 2341 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2342 unsigned elementTypeQuals, 2343 SourceRange brackets) const { 2344 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() || 2345 numElements->isValueDependent()) && 2346 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!"); 2347 2348 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number 2349 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent 2350 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay 2351 // because they can't be used in most locations. 2352 if (!numElements) { 2353 DependentSizedArrayType *newType 2354 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2355 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(), 2356 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2357 brackets); 2358 Types.push_back(newType); 2359 return QualType(newType, 0); 2360 } 2361 2362 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we 2363 // also build a canonical type. 2364 2365 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2366 2367 void *insertPos = 0; 2368 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2369 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, 2370 QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2371 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements); 2372 2373 // Look for an existing type with these properties. 2374 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy = 2375 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2376 2377 // If we don't have one, build one. 2378 if (!canonTy) { 2379 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2380 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2381 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2382 brackets); 2383 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos); 2384 Types.push_back(canonTy); 2385 } 2386 2387 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array. 2388 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0), 2389 canonElementType.Quals); 2390 2391 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type, 2392 // then just use that as our result. 2393 if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType) 2394 return canon; 2395 2396 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling 2397 // of the element type. 2398 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType 2399 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2400 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements, 2401 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets); 2402 Types.push_back(sugaredType); 2403 return QualType(sugaredType, 0); 2404} 2405 2406QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType, 2407 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2408 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const { 2409 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2410 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2411 2412 void *insertPos = 0; 2413 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat = 2414 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) 2415 return QualType(iat, 0); 2416 2417 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2418 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull 2419 // qualifiers off the element type. 2420 QualType canon; 2421 2422 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2423 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2424 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), 2425 ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2426 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2427 2428 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2429 IncompleteArrayType *existing = 2430 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2431 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing; 2432 } 2433 2434 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2435 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2436 2437 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos); 2438 Types.push_back(newType); 2439 return QualType(newType, 0); 2440} 2441 2442/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of 2443/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2444QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts, 2445 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const { 2446 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType()); 2447 2448 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2449 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2450 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind); 2451 2452 void *InsertPos = 0; 2453 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2454 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2455 2456 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2457 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2458 QualType Canonical; 2459 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2460 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind); 2461 2462 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2463 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2464 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2465 } 2466 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2467 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind); 2468 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2469 Types.push_back(New); 2470 return QualType(New, 0); 2471} 2472 2473/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of 2474/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2475QualType 2476ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const { 2477 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType()); 2478 2479 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2480 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2481 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector, 2482 VectorType::GenericVector); 2483 void *InsertPos = 0; 2484 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2485 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2486 2487 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2488 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2489 QualType Canonical; 2490 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2491 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts); 2492 2493 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2494 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2495 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2496 } 2497 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2498 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical); 2499 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2500 Types.push_back(New); 2501 return QualType(New, 0); 2502} 2503 2504QualType 2505ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType, 2506 Expr *SizeExpr, 2507 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const { 2508 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2509 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType), 2510 SizeExpr); 2511 2512 void *InsertPos = 0; 2513 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon 2514 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2515 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New; 2516 if (Canon) { 2517 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as 2518 // the canonical type for a newly-built type. 2519 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2520 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0), 2521 SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2522 } else { 2523 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType); 2524 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) { 2525 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2526 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr, 2527 AttrLoc); 2528 2529 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck 2530 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2531 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken"); 2532 (void)CanonCheck; 2533 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2534 } else { 2535 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr, 2536 SourceLocation()); 2537 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2538 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2539 } 2540 } 2541 2542 Types.push_back(New); 2543 return QualType(New, 0); 2544} 2545 2546/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'. 2547/// 2548QualType 2549ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, 2550 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const { 2551 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC(); 2552 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2553 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2554 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2555 // structure. 2556 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2557 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info); 2558 2559 void *InsertPos = 0; 2560 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT = 2561 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2562 return QualType(FT, 0); 2563 2564 QualType Canonical; 2565 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() || 2566 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2567 Canonical = 2568 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 2569 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv))); 2570 2571 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2572 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP = 2573 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2574 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2575 } 2576 2577 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2578 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2579 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo); 2580 Types.push_back(New); 2581 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2582 return QualType(New, 0); 2583} 2584 2585/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument 2586/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'. 2587QualType 2588ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy, 2589 const QualType *ArgArray, unsigned NumArgs, 2590 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 2591 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2592 // structure. 2593 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2594 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, EPI, *this); 2595 2596 void *InsertPos = 0; 2597 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP = 2598 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2599 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2600 2601 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not. 2602 bool isCanonical = 2603 EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && ResultTy.isCanonical() && 2604 !EPI.HasTrailingReturn; 2605 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i) 2606 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam()) 2607 isCanonical = false; 2608 2609 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC(); 2610 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2611 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2612 2613 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it. 2614 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type. 2615 QualType Canonical; 2616 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2617 SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs; 2618 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 2619 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2620 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i])); 2621 2622 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI; 2623 CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false; 2624 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None; 2625 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0; 2626 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo 2627 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)); 2628 2629 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 2630 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs, 2631 CanonicalEPI); 2632 2633 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2634 FunctionProtoType *NewIP = 2635 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2636 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2637 } 2638 2639 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after 2640 // them for three variable size arrays at the end: 2641 // - parameter types 2642 // - exception types 2643 // - consumed-arguments flags 2644 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept 2645 // expression, or information used to resolve the exception 2646 // specification. 2647 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) + 2648 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType); 2649 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 2650 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType); 2651 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) { 2652 Size += sizeof(Expr*); 2653 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Uninstantiated) { 2654 Size += 2 * sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2655 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Unevaluated) { 2656 Size += sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2657 } 2658 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments) 2659 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool); 2660 2661 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 2662 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI; 2663 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2664 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, Canonical, newEPI); 2665 Types.push_back(FTP); 2666 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos); 2667 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2668} 2669 2670#ifndef NDEBUG 2671static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) { 2672 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false; 2673 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D); 2674 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2675 return true; 2676 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() && 2677 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2678 return true; 2679 return false; 2680} 2681#endif 2682 2683/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the 2684/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration. 2685QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl, 2686 QualType TST) const { 2687 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl)); 2688 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) { 2689 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2690 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) { 2691 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type"); 2692 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 2693 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2694 } else { 2695 Type *newType = 2696 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST); 2697 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2698 Types.push_back(newType); 2699 } 2700 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2701} 2702 2703/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2704/// specified type declaration. 2705QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const { 2706 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param"); 2707 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case"); 2708 2709 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl)) 2710 return getTypedefType(Typedef); 2711 2712 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) && 2713 "Template type parameter types are always available."); 2714 2715 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) { 2716 assert(!Record->getPreviousDecl() && 2717 "struct/union has previous declaration"); 2718 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record)); 2719 return getRecordType(Record); 2720 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) { 2721 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDecl() && 2722 "enum has previous declaration"); 2723 return getEnumType(Enum); 2724 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using = 2725 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) { 2726 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using); 2727 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2728 Types.push_back(newType); 2729 } else 2730 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?"); 2731 2732 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2733} 2734 2735/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2736/// specified typedef name decl. 2737QualType 2738ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2739 QualType Canonical) const { 2740 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2741 2742 if (Canonical.isNull()) 2743 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType()); 2744 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2745 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical); 2746 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2747 Types.push_back(newType); 2748 return QualType(newType, 0); 2749} 2750 2751QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const { 2752 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2753 2754 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2755 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2756 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2757 2758 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl); 2759 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2760 Types.push_back(newType); 2761 return QualType(newType, 0); 2762} 2763 2764QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const { 2765 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2766 2767 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2768 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2769 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2770 2771 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl); 2772 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2773 Types.push_back(newType); 2774 return QualType(newType, 0); 2775} 2776 2777QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind, 2778 QualType modifiedType, 2779 QualType equivalentType) { 2780 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id; 2781 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2782 2783 void *insertPos = 0; 2784 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos); 2785 if (type) return QualType(type, 0); 2786 2787 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType); 2788 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2789 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2790 2791 Types.push_back(type); 2792 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos); 2793 2794 return QualType(type, 0); 2795} 2796 2797 2798/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type. 2799QualType 2800ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2801 QualType Replacement) const { 2802 assert(Replacement.isCanonical() 2803 && "replacement types must always be canonical"); 2804 2805 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2806 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement); 2807 void *InsertPos = 0; 2808 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm 2809 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2810 2811 if (!SubstParm) { 2812 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2813 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement); 2814 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2815 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2816 } 2817 2818 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2819} 2820 2821/// \brief Retrieve a 2822QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType( 2823 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2824 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) { 2825#ifndef NDEBUG 2826 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(), 2827 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end(); 2828 P != PEnd; ++P) { 2829 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type"); 2830 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type"); 2831 } 2832#endif 2833 2834 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2835 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack); 2836 void *InsertPos = 0; 2837 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 2838 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2839 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2840 2841 QualType Canon; 2842 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2843 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0)); 2844 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon), 2845 ArgPack); 2846 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2847 } 2848 2849 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 2850 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon, 2851 ArgPack); 2852 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2853 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2854 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2855} 2856 2857/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template 2858/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally) 2859/// name. 2860QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index, 2861 bool ParameterPack, 2862 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const { 2863 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2864 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl); 2865 void *InsertPos = 0; 2866 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm 2867 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2868 2869 if (TypeParm) 2870 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 2871 2872 if (TTPDecl) { 2873 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 2874 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon); 2875 2876 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck 2877 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2878 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken"); 2879 (void)TypeCheck; 2880 } else 2881 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2882 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 2883 2884 Types.push_back(TypeParm); 2885 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos); 2886 2887 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 2888} 2889 2890TypeSourceInfo * 2891ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name, 2892 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2893 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 2894 QualType Underlying) const { 2895 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2896 "No dependent template names here!"); 2897 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying); 2898 2899 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST); 2900 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL 2901 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc()); 2902 TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 2903 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc); 2904 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc()); 2905 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc()); 2906 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 2907 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo()); 2908 return DI; 2909} 2910 2911QualType 2912ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2913 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 2914 QualType Underlying) const { 2915 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2916 "No dependent template names here!"); 2917 2918 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size(); 2919 2920 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec; 2921 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs); 2922 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2923 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument()); 2924 2925 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs, 2926 Underlying); 2927} 2928 2929#ifndef NDEBUG 2930static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(const TemplateArgument *Args, 2931 unsigned NumArgs) { 2932 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 2933 if (Args[I].isPackExpansion()) 2934 return true; 2935 2936 return true; 2937} 2938#endif 2939 2940QualType 2941ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2942 const TemplateArgument *Args, 2943 unsigned NumArgs, 2944 QualType Underlying) const { 2945 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2946 "No dependent template names here!"); 2947 // Look through qualified template names. 2948 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 2949 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 2950 2951 bool IsTypeAlias = 2952 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() && 2953 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl()); 2954 QualType CanonType; 2955 if (!Underlying.isNull()) 2956 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying); 2957 else { 2958 // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains 2959 // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack. 2960 assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args, NumArgs)) && 2961 "Caller must compute aliased type"); 2962 IsTypeAlias = false; 2963 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, 2964 NumArgs); 2965 } 2966 2967 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't 2968 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that 2969 // we don't unique and don't want to lose. 2970 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 2971 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs + 2972 (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0), 2973 TypeAlignment); 2974 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 2975 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs, CanonType, 2976 IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType()); 2977 2978 Types.push_back(Spec); 2979 return QualType(Spec, 0); 2980} 2981 2982QualType 2983ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2984 const TemplateArgument *Args, 2985 unsigned NumArgs) const { 2986 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2987 "No dependent template names here!"); 2988 2989 // Look through qualified template names. 2990 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 2991 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 2992 2993 // Build the canonical template specialization type. 2994 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template); 2995 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs; 2996 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 2997 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 2998 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I])); 2999 3000 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already 3001 // exists. 3002 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3003 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate, 3004 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this); 3005 3006 void *InsertPos = 0; 3007 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 3008 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3009 3010 if (!Spec) { 3011 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type. 3012 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 3013 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3014 TypeAlignment); 3015 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate, 3016 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, 3017 QualType(), QualType()); 3018 Types.push_back(Spec); 3019 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos); 3020 } 3021 3022 assert(Spec->isDependentType() && 3023 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type"); 3024 return QualType(Spec, 0); 3025} 3026 3027QualType 3028ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3029 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3030 QualType NamedType) const { 3031 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3032 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType); 3033 3034 void *InsertPos = 0; 3035 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3036 if (T) 3037 return QualType(T, 0); 3038 3039 QualType Canon = NamedType; 3040 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3041 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType); 3042 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3043 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken"); 3044 (void)CheckT; 3045 } 3046 3047 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon); 3048 Types.push_back(T); 3049 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3050 return QualType(T, 0); 3051} 3052 3053QualType 3054ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const { 3055 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3056 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType); 3057 3058 void *InsertPos = 0; 3059 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3060 if (T) 3061 return QualType(T, 0); 3062 3063 QualType Canon = InnerType; 3064 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3065 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType); 3066 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3067 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken"); 3068 (void)CheckT; 3069 } 3070 3071 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon); 3072 Types.push_back(T); 3073 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3074 return QualType(T, 0); 3075} 3076 3077QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3078 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3079 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3080 QualType Canon) const { 3081 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3082 3083 if (Canon.isNull()) { 3084 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3085 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3086 if (Keyword == ETK_None) 3087 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3088 3089 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) 3090 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name); 3091 } 3092 3093 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3094 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name); 3095 3096 void *InsertPos = 0; 3097 DependentNameType *T 3098 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3099 if (T) 3100 return QualType(T, 0); 3101 3102 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon); 3103 Types.push_back(T); 3104 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3105 return QualType(T, 0); 3106} 3107 3108QualType 3109ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3110 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3111 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3112 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3113 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const { 3114 // TODO: avoid this copy 3115 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy; 3116 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I) 3117 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument()); 3118 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name, 3119 ArgCopy.size(), 3120 ArgCopy.data()); 3121} 3122 3123QualType 3124ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3125 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3126 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3127 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3128 unsigned NumArgs, 3129 const TemplateArgument *Args) const { 3130 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 3131 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3132 3133 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3134 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS, 3135 Name, NumArgs, Args); 3136 3137 void *InsertPos = 0; 3138 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T 3139 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3140 if (T) 3141 return QualType(T, 0); 3142 3143 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3144 3145 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3146 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3147 3148 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false; 3149 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs); 3150 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) { 3151 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]); 3152 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I])) 3153 AnyNonCanonArgs = true; 3154 } 3155 3156 QualType Canon; 3157 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) { 3158 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, 3159 Name, NumArgs, 3160 CanonArgs.data()); 3161 3162 // Find the insert position again. 3163 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3164 } 3165 3166 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) + 3167 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3168 TypeAlignment); 3169 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, 3170 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon); 3171 Types.push_back(T); 3172 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3173 return QualType(T, 0); 3174} 3175 3176QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, 3177 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { 3178 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3179 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions); 3180 3181 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() && 3182 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs"); 3183 void *InsertPos = 0; 3184 PackExpansionType *T 3185 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3186 if (T) 3187 return QualType(T, 0); 3188 3189 QualType Canon; 3190 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) { 3191 Canon = getCanonicalType(Pattern); 3192 // The canonical type might not contain an unexpanded parameter pack, if it 3193 // contains an alias template specialization which ignores one of its 3194 // parameters. 3195 if (Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) { 3196 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions); 3197 3198 // Find the insert position again, in case we inserted an element into 3199 // PackExpansionTypes and invalidated our insert position. 3200 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3201 } 3202 } 3203 3204 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions); 3205 Types.push_back(T); 3206 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3207 return QualType(T, 0); 3208} 3209 3210/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols 3211/// alphabetically. 3212static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS, 3213 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) { 3214 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName(); 3215} 3216 3217static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3218 unsigned NumProtocols) { 3219 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true; 3220 3221 if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0]) 3222 return false; 3223 3224 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i) 3225 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]) || 3226 Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i]) 3227 return false; 3228 return true; 3229} 3230 3231static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, 3232 unsigned &NumProtocols) { 3233 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols; 3234 3235 // Sort protocols, keyed by name. 3236 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames); 3237 3238 // Canonicalize. 3239 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NumProtocols; I != N; ++I) 3240 Protocols[I] = Protocols[I]->getCanonicalDecl(); 3241 3242 // Remove duplicates. 3243 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd); 3244 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols; 3245} 3246 3247QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, 3248 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3249 unsigned NumProtocols) const { 3250 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols 3251 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine. 3252 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType)) 3253 return BaseType; 3254 3255 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3256 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3257 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3258 void *InsertPos = 0; 3259 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3260 return QualType(QT, 0); 3261 3262 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and 3263 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols. 3264 QualType Canonical; 3265 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols); 3266 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) { 3267 if (!ProtocolsSorted) { 3268 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols, 3269 Protocols + NumProtocols); 3270 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols; 3271 3272 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3273 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3274 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3275 } else { 3276 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3277 Protocols, NumProtocols); 3278 } 3279 3280 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3281 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3282 } 3283 3284 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl); 3285 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *); 3286 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 3287 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T = 3288 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3289 3290 Types.push_back(T); 3291 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3292 return QualType(T, 0); 3293} 3294 3295/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for 3296/// the given object type. 3297QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const { 3298 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3299 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT); 3300 3301 void *InsertPos = 0; 3302 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT = 3303 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3304 return QualType(QT, 0); 3305 3306 // Find the canonical object type. 3307 QualType Canonical; 3308 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) { 3309 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT)); 3310 3311 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3312 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3313 } 3314 3315 // No match. 3316 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment); 3317 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = 3318 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT); 3319 3320 Types.push_back(QType); 3321 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos); 3322 return QualType(QType, 0); 3323} 3324 3325/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3326/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional. 3327QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl, 3328 ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const { 3329 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) 3330 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3331 3332 if (PrevDecl) { 3333 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl"); 3334 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 3335 return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3336 } 3337 3338 // Prefer the definition, if there is one. 3339 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition()) 3340 Decl = Def; 3341 3342 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment); 3343 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 3344 Decl->TypeForDecl = T; 3345 Types.push_back(T); 3346 return QualType(T, 0); 3347} 3348 3349/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique 3350/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example, 3351/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different 3352/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3353/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3354QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const { 3355 TypeOfExprType *toe; 3356 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) { 3357 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3358 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr); 3359 3360 void *InsertPos = 0; 3361 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon 3362 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3363 if (Canon) { 3364 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent 3365 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type. 3366 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, 3367 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0)); 3368 } else { 3369 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3370 Canon 3371 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr); 3372 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3373 toe = Canon; 3374 } 3375 } else { 3376 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType()); 3377 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical); 3378 } 3379 Types.push_back(toe); 3380 return QualType(toe, 0); 3381} 3382 3383/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3384/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3385/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3386/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3387/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3388QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const { 3389 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType); 3390 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical); 3391 Types.push_back(tot); 3392 return QualType(tot, 0); 3393} 3394 3395 3396/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3397/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3398/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3399/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3400/// on canonical types (which are always unique). 3401QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const { 3402 DecltypeType *dt; 3403 3404 // C++0x [temp.type]p2: 3405 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a 3406 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same 3407 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1). 3408 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) { 3409 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3410 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e); 3411 3412 void *InsertPos = 0; 3413 DependentDecltypeType *Canon 3414 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3415 if (Canon) { 3416 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent 3417 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type. 3418 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3419 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0)); 3420 } else { 3421 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3422 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e); 3423 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3424 dt = Canon; 3425 } 3426 } else { 3427 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3428 getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3429 } 3430 Types.push_back(dt); 3431 return QualType(dt, 0); 3432} 3433 3434/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory 3435/// savings are minimal and these are rare. 3436QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 3437 QualType UnderlyingType, 3438 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind) 3439 const { 3440 UnaryTransformType *Ty = 3441 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType, 3442 Kind, 3443 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ? 3444 QualType() : getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3445 Types.push_back(Ty); 3446 return QualType(Ty, 0); 3447} 3448 3449/// getAutoType - We only unique auto types after they've been deduced. 3450QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType) const { 3451 void *InsertPos = 0; 3452 if (!DeducedType.isNull()) { 3453 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3454 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3455 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType); 3456 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3457 return QualType(AT, 0); 3458 } 3459 3460 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType); 3461 Types.push_back(AT); 3462 if (InsertPos) 3463 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos); 3464 return QualType(AT, 0); 3465} 3466 3467/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for 3468/// the given value type. 3469QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const { 3470 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 3471 // structure. 3472 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3473 AtomicType::Profile(ID, T); 3474 3475 void *InsertPos = 0; 3476 if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3477 return QualType(AT, 0); 3478 3479 // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 3480 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 3481 QualType Canonical; 3482 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 3483 Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T)); 3484 3485 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 3486 AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3487 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 3488 } 3489 AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical); 3490 Types.push_back(New); 3491 AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 3492 return QualType(New, 0); 3493} 3494 3495/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'. 3496QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const { 3497 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull()) 3498 AutoDeductTy = getAutoType(QualType()); 3499 assert(!AutoDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto' pattern"); 3500 return AutoDeductTy; 3501} 3502 3503/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'. 3504QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const { 3505 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull()) 3506 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType()); 3507 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern"); 3508 return AutoRRefDeductTy; 3509} 3510 3511/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3512/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl. 3513QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const { 3514 assert (Decl); 3515 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting 3516 // away const? mutable? 3517 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl)); 3518} 3519 3520/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result 3521/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and 3522/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>. 3523CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const { 3524 return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType()); 3525} 3526 3527/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3528CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const { 3529 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType()); 3530} 3531 3532/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3533CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const { 3534 return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType()); 3535} 3536 3537/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t". 3538/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3539QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const { 3540 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3541 return WCharTy; 3542} 3543 3544/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t". 3545/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3546QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const { 3547 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3548 return UnsignedIntTy; 3549} 3550 3551/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17) 3552/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9). 3553QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const { 3554 return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0)); 3555} 3556 3557/// \brief Return the unique type for "pid_t" defined in 3558/// <sys/types.h>. We need this to compute the correct type for vfork(). 3559QualType ASTContext::getProcessIDType() const { 3560 return getFromTargetType(Target->getProcessIDType()); 3561} 3562 3563//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3564// Type Operators 3565//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3566 3567CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const { 3568 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining 3569 // qualifiers. 3570 T = getCanonicalType(T); 3571 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 3572 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); 3573 QualType Result; 3574 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) { 3575 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0)); 3576 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) { 3577 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0)); 3578 } else { 3579 Result = QualType(Ty, 0); 3580 } 3581 3582 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result); 3583} 3584 3585QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type, 3586 Qualifiers &quals) { 3587 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType(); 3588 3589 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to 3590 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor. 3591 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with 3592 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly. 3593 const ArrayType *AT = 3594 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); 3595 3596 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType. 3597 if (!AT) { 3598 quals = splitType.Quals; 3599 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3600 } 3601 3602 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type. 3603 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType(); 3604 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals); 3605 3606 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we 3607 // can just use the results in splitType. 3608 if (elementType == unqualElementType) { 3609 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call 3610 quals = splitType.Quals; 3611 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3612 } 3613 3614 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then 3615 // build the type back up. 3616 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals); 3617 3618 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 3619 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(), 3620 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3621 } 3622 3623 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) { 3624 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3625 } 3626 3627 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) { 3628 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType, 3629 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 3630 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 3631 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3632 VAT->getBracketsRange()); 3633 } 3634 3635 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT); 3636 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 3637 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0, 3638 SourceRange()); 3639} 3640 3641/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that 3642/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that 3643/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types 3644/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this 3645/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level 3646/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically 3647/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and 3648/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level. 3649bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) { 3650 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(), 3651 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>(); 3652 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) { 3653 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3654 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3655 return true; 3656 } 3657 3658 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(), 3659 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 3660 if (T1MPType && T2MPType && 3661 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0), 3662 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) { 3663 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType(); 3664 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType(); 3665 return true; 3666 } 3667 3668 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 3669 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 3670 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 3671 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) { 3672 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType(); 3673 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType(); 3674 return true; 3675 } 3676 } 3677 3678 // FIXME: Block pointers, too? 3679 3680 return false; 3681} 3682 3683DeclarationNameInfo 3684ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name, 3685 SourceLocation NameLoc) const { 3686 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3687 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3688 case TemplateName::Template: 3689 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3690 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(), 3691 NameLoc); 3692 3693 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: { 3694 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate(); 3695 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3696 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc); 3697 } 3698 3699 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3700 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3701 DeclarationName DName; 3702 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) { 3703 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier()); 3704 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc); 3705 } else { 3706 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator()); 3707 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations? 3708 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; 3709 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3710 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3711 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc); 3712 } 3713 } 3714 3715 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3716 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3717 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3718 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(), 3719 NameLoc); 3720 } 3721 3722 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3723 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3724 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3725 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(), 3726 NameLoc); 3727 } 3728 } 3729 3730 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!"); 3731} 3732 3733TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const { 3734 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3735 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3736 case TemplateName::Template: { 3737 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 3738 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP 3739 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template)) 3740 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP); 3741 3742 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration. 3743 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl())); 3744 } 3745 3746 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: 3747 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template"); 3748 3749 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3750 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3751 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls."); 3752 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName; 3753 } 3754 3755 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3756 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3757 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3758 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement()); 3759 } 3760 3761 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3762 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3763 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3764 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter 3765 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack()); 3766 TemplateArgument canonArgPack 3767 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack()); 3768 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack); 3769 } 3770 } 3771 3772 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!"); 3773} 3774 3775bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) { 3776 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X); 3777 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y); 3778 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer(); 3779} 3780 3781TemplateArgument 3782ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const { 3783 switch (Arg.getKind()) { 3784 case TemplateArgument::Null: 3785 return Arg; 3786 3787 case TemplateArgument::Expression: 3788 return Arg; 3789 3790 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: { 3791 ValueDecl *D = cast<ValueDecl>(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 3792 return TemplateArgument(D, Arg.isDeclForReferenceParam()); 3793 } 3794 3795 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr: 3796 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getNullPtrType()), 3797 /*isNullPtr*/true); 3798 3799 case TemplateArgument::Template: 3800 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate())); 3801 3802 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: 3803 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName( 3804 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()), 3805 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions()); 3806 3807 case TemplateArgument::Integral: 3808 return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType())); 3809 3810 case TemplateArgument::Type: 3811 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType())); 3812 3813 case TemplateArgument::Pack: { 3814 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0) 3815 return Arg; 3816 3817 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs 3818 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()]; 3819 unsigned Idx = 0; 3820 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(), 3821 AEnd = Arg.pack_end(); 3822 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx) 3823 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A); 3824 3825 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size()); 3826 } 3827 } 3828 3829 // Silence GCC warning 3830 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind"); 3831} 3832 3833NestedNameSpecifier * 3834ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const { 3835 if (!NNS) 3836 return 0; 3837 3838 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 3839 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 3840 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same. 3841 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 3842 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()), 3843 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 3844 3845 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 3846 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 3847 // this namespace and no prefix. 3848 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 3849 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace()); 3850 3851 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 3852 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 3853 // this namespace and no prefix. 3854 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 3855 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace() 3856 ->getOriginalNamespace()); 3857 3858 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 3859 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: { 3860 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0)); 3861 3862 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"), 3863 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those 3864 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize 3865 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name 3866 // types, e.g., 3867 // typedef typename T::type T1; 3868 // typedef typename T1::type T2; 3869 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) 3870 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(), 3871 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier())); 3872 3873 // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec. 3874 // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the 3875 // first place? 3876 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false, 3877 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr())); 3878 } 3879 3880 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 3881 // The global specifier is canonical and unique. 3882 return NNS; 3883 } 3884 3885 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!"); 3886} 3887 3888 3889const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const { 3890 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently. 3891 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 3892 // Handle the common positive case fast. 3893 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T)) 3894 return AT; 3895 } 3896 3897 // Handle the common negative case fast. 3898 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType())) 3899 return 0; 3900 3901 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This 3902 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes 3903 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type." 3904 3905 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have 3906 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type 3907 // we must propagate them down into the element type. 3908 3909 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType(); 3910 Qualifiers qs = split.Quals; 3911 3912 // If we have a simple case, just return now. 3913 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.Ty); 3914 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty()) 3915 return ATy; 3916 3917 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the 3918 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type. 3919 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs); 3920 3921 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy)) 3922 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(), 3923 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 3924 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 3925 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy)) 3926 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, 3927 IAT->getSizeModifier(), 3928 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 3929 3930 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT 3931 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy)) 3932 return cast<ArrayType>( 3933 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy, 3934 DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 3935 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 3936 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3937 DSAT->getBracketsRange())); 3938 3939 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy); 3940 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy, 3941 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 3942 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 3943 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3944 VAT->getBracketsRange())); 3945} 3946 3947QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const { 3948 // C99 6.7.5.3p7: 3949 // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be 3950 // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type 3951 // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of 3952 // the array type derivation. 3953 if (T->isArrayType()) 3954 return getArrayDecayedType(T); 3955 3956 // C99 6.7.5.3p8: 3957 // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type" 3958 // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as 3959 // in 6.3.2.1. 3960 if (T->isFunctionType()) 3961 return getPointerType(T); 3962 3963 return T; 3964} 3965 3966QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const { 3967 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 3968 T = getAdjustedParameterType(T); 3969 return T.getUnqualifiedType(); 3970} 3971 3972/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the 3973/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when 3974/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type, 3975/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array. 3976/// 3977/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3. 3978QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const { 3979 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any 3980 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation 3981 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present 3982 // (C99 6.7.3p8). 3983 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty); 3984 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!"); 3985 3986 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType()); 3987 3988 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict 3989 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers()); 3990} 3991 3992QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const { 3993 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType()); 3994} 3995 3996QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const { 3997 Qualifiers qs; 3998 while (true) { 3999 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 4000 const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe(); 4001 if (!array) break; 4002 4003 type = array->getElementType(); 4004 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals); 4005 } 4006 4007 return getQualifiedType(type, qs); 4008} 4009 4010/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements. 4011uint64_t 4012ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const { 4013 uint64_t ElementCount = 1; 4014 do { 4015 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue(); 4016 CA = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantArrayType>( 4017 CA->getElementType()->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()); 4018 } while (CA); 4019 return ElementCount; 4020} 4021 4022/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types. 4023/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float. 4024static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) { 4025 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 4026 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType()); 4027 4028 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4029 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 4030 default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4031 case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank; 4032 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank; 4033 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank; 4034 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank; 4035 } 4036} 4037 4038/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating 4039/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize). 4040/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type. 4041/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type. 4042QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size, 4043 QualType Domain) const { 4044 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size); 4045 if (Domain->isComplexType()) { 4046 switch (EltRank) { 4047 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported"); 4048 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy; 4049 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy; 4050 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy; 4051 } 4052 } 4053 4054 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!"); 4055 switch (EltRank) { 4056 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Half ranks are not valid here"); 4057 case FloatRank: return FloatTy; 4058 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy; 4059 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy; 4060 } 4061 llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank"); 4062} 4063 4064/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating 4065/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' == 4066/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4067/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4068int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4069 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS); 4070 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS); 4071 4072 if (LHSR == RHSR) 4073 return 0; 4074 if (LHSR > RHSR) 4075 return 1; 4076 return -1; 4077} 4078 4079/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This 4080/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum, 4081/// or if it is not canonicalized. 4082unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const { 4083 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized"); 4084 4085 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 4086 default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer"); 4087 case BuiltinType::Bool: 4088 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3); 4089 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 4090 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 4091 case BuiltinType::SChar: 4092 case BuiltinType::UChar: 4093 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3); 4094 case BuiltinType::Short: 4095 case BuiltinType::UShort: 4096 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3); 4097 case BuiltinType::Int: 4098 case BuiltinType::UInt: 4099 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3); 4100 case BuiltinType::Long: 4101 case BuiltinType::ULong: 4102 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3); 4103 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 4104 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 4105 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3); 4106 case BuiltinType::Int128: 4107 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 4108 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3); 4109 } 4110} 4111 4112/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according 4113/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions). 4114/// 4115/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no 4116/// promotion occurs. 4117QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const { 4118 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) 4119 return QualType(); 4120 4121 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField(); 4122 if (!Field) 4123 return QualType(); 4124 4125 QualType FT = Field->getType(); 4126 4127 uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 4128 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); 4129 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal 4130 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is. 4131 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int. 4132 if (BitWidth < IntSize) 4133 return IntTy; 4134 4135 if (BitWidth == IntSize) 4136 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4137 4138 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act 4139 // like the base type. 4140 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here 4141 // is ridiculous. 4142 return QualType(); 4143} 4144 4145/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will 4146/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable 4147/// integer type. 4148QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const { 4149 assert(!Promotable.isNull()); 4150 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType()); 4151 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>()) 4152 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); 4153 4154 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4155 // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t 4156 // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following 4157 // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type: 4158 // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or 4159 // unsigned long long int [...] 4160 // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this? 4161 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S || 4162 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U || 4163 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 || 4164 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) { 4165 bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S; 4166 uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT); 4167 QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy, 4168 LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy }; 4169 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) { 4170 uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); 4171 if (FromSize < ToSize || 4172 (FromSize == ToSize && 4173 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) 4174 return PromoteTypes[Idx]; 4175 } 4176 llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long"); 4177 } 4178 } 4179 4180 // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type. 4181 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType()) 4182 return IntTy; 4183 uint64_t PromotableSize = getIntWidth(Promotable); 4184 uint64_t IntSize = getIntWidth(IntTy); 4185 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize); 4186 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4187} 4188 4189/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable 4190/// type and returns its ownership. 4191Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const { 4192 while (!T.isNull()) { 4193 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None) 4194 return T.getObjCLifetime(); 4195 if (T->isArrayType()) 4196 T = getBaseElementType(T); 4197 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 4198 T = PT->getPointeeType(); 4199 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 4200 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 4201 else 4202 break; 4203 } 4204 4205 return Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4206} 4207 4208/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type: 4209/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4210/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4211int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4212 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr(); 4213 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr(); 4214 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0; 4215 4216 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4217 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4218 4219 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC); 4220 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC); 4221 4222 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned. 4223 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0; 4224 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1; 4225 } 4226 4227 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa. 4228 if (LHSUnsigned) { 4229 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it. 4230 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank) 4231 return 1; 4232 4233 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4234 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4235 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4236 return -1; 4237 } 4238 4239 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it. 4240 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank) 4241 return -1; 4242 4243 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4244 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4245 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4246 return 1; 4247} 4248 4249static RecordDecl * 4250CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, 4251 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) { 4252 SourceLocation Loc; 4253 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4254 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4255 else 4256 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4257} 4258 4259// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings. 4260QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const { 4261 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) { 4262 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = 4263 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4264 &Idents.get("NSConstantString")); 4265 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition(); 4266 4267 QualType FieldTypes[4]; 4268 4269 // const int *isa; 4270 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst()); 4271 // int flags; 4272 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy; 4273 // const char *str; 4274 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst()); 4275 // long length; 4276 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy; 4277 4278 // Create fields 4279 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4280 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl, 4281 SourceLocation(), 4282 SourceLocation(), 0, 4283 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4284 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4285 /*Mutable=*/false, 4286 ICIS_NoInit); 4287 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4288 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field); 4289 } 4290 4291 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(); 4292 } 4293 4294 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl); 4295} 4296 4297void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) { 4298 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 4299 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType"); 4300 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl(); 4301} 4302 4303QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const { 4304 if (BlockDescriptorType) 4305 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4306 4307 RecordDecl *T; 4308 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4309 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4310 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor")); 4311 T->startDefinition(); 4312 4313 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4314 UnsignedLongTy, 4315 UnsignedLongTy, 4316 }; 4317 4318 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4319 "reserved", 4320 "Size" 4321 }; 4322 4323 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { 4324 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4325 SourceLocation(), 4326 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4327 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4328 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4329 /*Mutable=*/false, 4330 ICIS_NoInit); 4331 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4332 T->addDecl(Field); 4333 } 4334 4335 T->completeDefinition(); 4336 4337 BlockDescriptorType = T; 4338 4339 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4340} 4341 4342QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const { 4343 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType) 4344 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4345 4346 RecordDecl *T; 4347 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4348 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4349 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose")); 4350 T->startDefinition(); 4351 4352 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4353 UnsignedLongTy, 4354 UnsignedLongTy, 4355 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4356 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy) 4357 }; 4358 4359 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4360 "reserved", 4361 "Size", 4362 "CopyFuncPtr", 4363 "DestroyFuncPtr" 4364 }; 4365 4366 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4367 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4368 SourceLocation(), 4369 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4370 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4371 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4372 /*Mutable=*/false, 4373 ICIS_NoInit); 4374 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4375 T->addDecl(Field); 4376 } 4377 4378 T->completeDefinition(); 4379 4380 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T; 4381 4382 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4383} 4384 4385/// BlockRequiresCopying - Returns true if byref variable "D" of type "Ty" 4386/// requires copy/dispose. Note that this must match the logic 4387/// in buildByrefHelpers. 4388bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty, 4389 const VarDecl *D) { 4390 if (const CXXRecordDecl *record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4391 const Expr *copyExpr = getBlockVarCopyInits(D); 4392 if (!copyExpr && record->hasTrivialDestructor()) return false; 4393 4394 return true; 4395 } 4396 4397 if (!Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) return false; 4398 4399 Qualifiers qs = Ty.getQualifiers(); 4400 4401 // If we have lifetime, that dominates. 4402 if (Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = qs.getObjCLifetime()) { 4403 assert(getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 4404 4405 switch (lifetime) { 4406 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: llvm_unreachable("impossible"); 4407 4408 // These are just bits as far as the runtime is concerned. 4409 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4410 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4411 return false; 4412 4413 // Tell the runtime that this is ARC __weak, called by the 4414 // byref routines. 4415 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4416 // ARC __strong __block variables need to be retained. 4417 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4418 return true; 4419 } 4420 llvm_unreachable("fell out of lifetime switch!"); 4421 } 4422 return (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || isObjCNSObjectType(Ty) || 4423 Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType()); 4424} 4425 4426bool ASTContext::getByrefLifetime(QualType Ty, 4427 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime &LifeTime, 4428 bool &HasByrefExtendedLayout) const { 4429 4430 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1 || 4431 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4432 return false; 4433 4434 HasByrefExtendedLayout = false; 4435 if (Ty->isRecordType()) { 4436 HasByrefExtendedLayout = true; 4437 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4438 } 4439 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) 4440 LifeTime = Ty.getObjCLifetime(); 4441 // MRR. 4442 else if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 4443 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 4444 else 4445 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4446 return true; 4447} 4448 4449TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() { 4450 if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl) 4451 ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(*this, 4452 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4453 SourceLocation(), 4454 SourceLocation(), 4455 &Idents.get("instancetype"), 4456 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(getObjCIdType())); 4457 return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl; 4458} 4459 4460// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL: 4461// typedef <type> BOOL; 4462static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) { 4463 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T)) 4464 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier()) 4465 return II->isStr("BOOL"); 4466 4467 return false; 4468} 4469 4470/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding 4471/// purpose. 4472CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const { 4473 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType()) 4474 return CharUnits::Zero(); 4475 4476 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type); 4477 4478 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int 4479 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 4480 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy)); 4481 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in. 4482 else if (type->isArrayType()) 4483 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4484 return sz; 4485} 4486 4487static inline 4488std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) { 4489 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity()); 4490} 4491 4492/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block 4493/// declaration. 4494std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const { 4495 std::string S; 4496 4497 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl(); 4498 QualType BlockTy = 4499 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4500 // Encode result type. 4501 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4502 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, 4503 BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4504 S, true /*Extended*/); 4505 else 4506 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4507 S); 4508 // Compute size of all parameters. 4509 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4510 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4511 SourceLocation Loc; 4512 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4513 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4514 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4515 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4516 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4517 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4518 if (sz.isZero()) 4519 continue; 4520 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type"); 4521 ParmOffset += sz; 4522 } 4523 // Size of the argument frame 4524 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4525 // Block pointer and offset. 4526 S += "@?0"; 4527 4528 // Argument types. 4529 ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4530 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E = 4531 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4532 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4533 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4534 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4535 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4536 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4537 // elements. 4538 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4539 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4540 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4541 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4542 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4543 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, PType, 4544 S, true /*Extended*/); 4545 else 4546 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4547 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4548 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4549 } 4550 4551 return S; 4552} 4553 4554bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl, 4555 std::string& S) { 4556 // Encode result type. 4557 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S); 4558 CharUnits ParmOffset; 4559 // Compute size of all parameters. 4560 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4561 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4562 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4563 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4564 if (sz.isZero()) 4565 continue; 4566 4567 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4568 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4569 ParmOffset += sz; 4570 } 4571 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4572 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero(); 4573 4574 // Argument types. 4575 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4576 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4577 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4578 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4579 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4580 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4581 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4582 // elements. 4583 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4584 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4585 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4586 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4587 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4588 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4589 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4590 } 4591 4592 return false; 4593} 4594 4595/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single 4596/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and 4597/// block object types. 4598void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 4599 QualType T, std::string& S, 4600 bool Extended) const { 4601 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter. 4602 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S); 4603 // Encode parameter type. 4604 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, 0, 4605 true /*OutermostType*/, 4606 false /*EncodingProperty*/, 4607 false /*StructField*/, 4608 Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/, 4609 Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/); 4610} 4611 4612/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method 4613/// declaration. 4614bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl, 4615 std::string& S, 4616 bool Extended) const { 4617 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4618 // Encode return type. 4619 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4620 Decl->getResultType(), S, Extended); 4621 // Compute size of all parameters. 4622 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4623 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4624 SourceLocation Loc; 4625 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4626 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for 4627 // their size. 4628 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4629 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4630 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4631 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4632 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4633 if (sz.isZero()) 4634 continue; 4635 4636 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4637 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4638 ParmOffset += sz; 4639 } 4640 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4641 S += "@0:"; 4642 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize); 4643 4644 // Argument types. 4645 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4646 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4647 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4648 const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4649 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4650 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4651 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4652 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4653 // elements. 4654 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4655 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4656 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4657 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4658 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4659 PType, S, Extended); 4660 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4661 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4662 } 4663 4664 return false; 4665} 4666 4667/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this 4668/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an 4669/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be 4670/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties. 4671/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple 4672/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The 4673/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are 4674/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types 4675/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode 4676/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration: 4677/// @code 4678/// enum PropertyAttributes { 4679/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only. 4680/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned 4681/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned 4682/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic 4683/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name 4684/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name 4685/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name 4686/// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding. 4687/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property 4688/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able 4689/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic 4690/// }; 4691/// @endcode 4692void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 4693 const Decl *Container, 4694 std::string& S) const { 4695 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s). 4696 bool Dynamic = false; 4697 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0; 4698 4699 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction. 4700 if (Container) { 4701 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID = 4702 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) { 4703 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4704 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end(); 4705 i != e; ++i) { 4706 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4707 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4708 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4709 Dynamic = true; 4710 } else { 4711 SynthesizePID = PID; 4712 } 4713 } 4714 } 4715 } else { 4716 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container); 4717 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4718 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end(); 4719 i != e; ++i) { 4720 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4721 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4722 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4723 Dynamic = true; 4724 } else { 4725 SynthesizePID = PID; 4726 } 4727 } 4728 } 4729 } 4730 } 4731 4732 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4733 S = "T"; 4734 4735 // Encode result type. 4736 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which 4737 // closely resembles encoding of ivars. 4738 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0, 4739 true /* outermost type */, 4740 true /* encoding for property */); 4741 4742 if (PD->isReadOnly()) { 4743 S += ",R"; 4744 } else { 4745 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) { 4746 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break; 4747 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break; 4748 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break; 4749 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break; 4750 } 4751 } 4752 4753 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties 4754 // are "dynamic by default". 4755 if (Dynamic) 4756 S += ",D"; 4757 4758 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic) 4759 S += ",N"; 4760 4761 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) { 4762 S += ",G"; 4763 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString(); 4764 } 4765 4766 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) { 4767 S += ",S"; 4768 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString(); 4769 } 4770 4771 if (SynthesizePID) { 4772 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl(); 4773 S += ",V"; 4774 S += OID->getNameAsString(); 4775 } 4776 4777 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong 4778} 4779 4780/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding - 4781/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as 4782/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use 4783/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer! 4784/// 4785void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const { 4786 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 4787 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4788 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4789 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy; 4790 else 4791 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4792 PointeeTy = IntTy; 4793 } 4794 } 4795} 4796 4797void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S, 4798 const FieldDecl *Field) const { 4799 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are 4800 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that 4801 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the 4802 // same type. 4803 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field, 4804 true /* outermost type */); 4805} 4806 4807static char ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, QualType T) { 4808 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 4809 default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled builtin type kind"); 4810 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v'; 4811 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B'; 4812 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 4813 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C'; 4814 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S'; 4815 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I'; 4816 case BuiltinType::ULong: 4817 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q'; 4818 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T'; 4819 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q'; 4820 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 4821 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c'; 4822 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's'; 4823 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 4824 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 4825 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i'; 4826 case BuiltinType::Long: 4827 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q'; 4828 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q'; 4829 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't'; 4830 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f'; 4831 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd'; 4832 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D'; 4833 } 4834} 4835 4836static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) { 4837 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl(); 4838 4839 // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size. 4840 if (!Enum->isFixed()) 4841 return 'i'; 4842 4843 // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type. 4844 return ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, Enum->getIntegerType()); 4845} 4846 4847static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S, 4848 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) { 4849 assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl"); 4850 S += 'b'; 4851 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits. 4852 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b, 4853 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the 4854 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure: 4855 // 4856 // struct 4857 // { 4858 // int integer; 4859 // int flags:2; 4860 // }; 4861 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT 4862 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra 4863 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for 4864 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that 4865 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes... 4866 if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) { 4867 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent(); 4868 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD); 4869 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex())); 4870 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 4871 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET); 4872 else 4873 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, T); 4874 } 4875 S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx)); 4876} 4877 4878// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string. 4879void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S, 4880 bool ExpandPointedToStructures, 4881 bool ExpandStructures, 4882 const FieldDecl *FD, 4883 bool OutermostType, 4884 bool EncodingProperty, 4885 bool StructField, 4886 bool EncodeBlockParameters, 4887 bool EncodeClassNames) const { 4888 if (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4889 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 4890 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 4891 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, T); 4892 return; 4893 } 4894 4895 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 4896 S += 'j'; 4897 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false, 4898 false); 4899 return; 4900 } 4901 4902 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types. 4903 QualType PointeeTy; 4904 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 4905 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) { 4906 S += ':'; 4907 return; 4908 } 4909 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType(); 4910 } 4911 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 4912 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType(); 4913 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) { 4914 bool isReadOnly = false; 4915 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the 4916 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of 4917 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef! 4918 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type! 4919 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) { 4920 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) { 4921 isReadOnly = true; 4922 S += 'r'; 4923 } 4924 } else if (OutermostType) { 4925 QualType P = PointeeTy; 4926 while (P->getAs<PointerType>()) 4927 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4928 if (P.isConstQualified()) { 4929 isReadOnly = true; 4930 S += 'r'; 4931 } 4932 } 4933 if (isReadOnly) { 4934 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type 4935 // combinations need to be rearranged. 4936 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn" 4937 if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr")) 4938 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn"); 4939 } 4940 4941 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) { 4942 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a 4943 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'. 4944 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) { 4945 S += '*'; 4946 return; 4947 } 4948 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 4949 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#". 4950 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) { 4951 S += '#'; 4952 return; 4953 } 4954 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@". 4955 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) { 4956 S += '@'; 4957 return; 4958 } 4959 // fall through... 4960 } 4961 S += '^'; 4962 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy); 4963 4964 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 4965 NULL); 4966 return; 4967 } 4968 4969 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4970 // Ignore type qualifiers etc. 4971 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4972 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) { 4973 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element. 4974 S += '^'; 4975 4976 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 4977 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 4978 } else { 4979 S += '['; 4980 4981 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 4982 if (getTypeSize(CAT->getElementType()) == 0) 4983 S += '0'; 4984 else 4985 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()); 4986 } else { 4987 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements. 4988 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) && 4989 "Unknown array type!"); 4990 S += '0'; 4991 } 4992 4993 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 4994 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 4995 S += ']'; 4996 } 4997 return; 4998 } 4999 5000 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) { 5001 S += '?'; 5002 return; 5003 } 5004 5005 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 5006 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl(); 5007 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{'; 5008 // Anonymous structures print as '?' 5009 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) { 5010 S += II->getName(); 5011 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 5012 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) { 5013 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs(); 5014 std::string TemplateArgsStr 5015 = TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList( 5016 TemplateArgs.data(), 5017 TemplateArgs.size(), 5018 (*this).getPrintingPolicy()); 5019 5020 S += TemplateArgsStr; 5021 } 5022 } else { 5023 S += '?'; 5024 } 5025 if (ExpandStructures) { 5026 S += '='; 5027 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) { 5028 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD); 5029 } else { 5030 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5031 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5032 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { 5033 if (FD) { 5034 S += '"'; 5035 S += Field->getNameAsString(); 5036 S += '"'; 5037 } 5038 5039 // Special case bit-fields. 5040 if (Field->isBitField()) { 5041 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, 5042 *Field); 5043 } else { 5044 QualType qt = Field->getType(); 5045 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5046 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, 5047 FD, /*OutermostType*/false, 5048 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5049 /*StructField*/true); 5050 } 5051 } 5052 } 5053 } 5054 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}'; 5055 return; 5056 } 5057 5058 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) { 5059 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 5060 EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 5061 else 5062 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, ET); 5063 return; 5064 } 5065 5066 if (const BlockPointerType *BT = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { 5067 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?". 5068 if (EncodeBlockParameters) { 5069 const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5070 5071 S += '<'; 5072 // Block return type 5073 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(FT->getResultType(), S, 5074 ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures, 5075 FD, 5076 false /* OutermostType */, 5077 EncodingProperty, 5078 false /* StructField */, 5079 EncodeBlockParameters, 5080 EncodeClassNames); 5081 // Block self 5082 S += "@?"; 5083 // Block parameters 5084 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) { 5085 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator I = FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5086 E = FPT->arg_type_end(); I && (I != E); ++I) { 5087 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(*I, S, 5088 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5089 ExpandStructures, 5090 FD, 5091 false /* OutermostType */, 5092 EncodingProperty, 5093 false /* StructField */, 5094 EncodeBlockParameters, 5095 EncodeClassNames); 5096 } 5097 } 5098 S += '>'; 5099 } 5100 return; 5101 } 5102 5103 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level. 5104 if (const ObjCObjectType *OT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) 5105 T = OT->getBaseType(); 5106 5107 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) { 5108 // @encode(class_name) 5109 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl(); 5110 S += '{'; 5111 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier(); 5112 S += II->getName(); 5113 S += '='; 5114 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars; 5115 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); 5116 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { 5117 const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]); 5118 if (Field->isBitField()) 5119 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field); 5120 else 5121 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD); 5122 } 5123 S += '}'; 5124 return; 5125 } 5126 5127 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { 5128 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) { 5129 S += '@'; 5130 return; 5131 } 5132 5133 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { 5134 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'. 5135 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime 5136 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct. 5137 S += '#'; 5138 return; 5139 } 5140 5141 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 5142 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S, 5143 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5144 ExpandStructures, FD); 5145 if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) { 5146 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list 5147 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding. 5148 S += '"'; 5149 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5150 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5151 S += '<'; 5152 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5153 S += '>'; 5154 } 5155 S += '"'; 5156 } 5157 return; 5158 } 5159 5160 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType(); 5161 if (!EncodingProperty && 5162 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 5163 // Another historical/compatibility reason. 5164 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as 5165 // {...}; 5166 S += '^'; 5167 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, 5168 false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 5169 NULL); 5170 return; 5171 } 5172 5173 S += '@'; 5174 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && 5175 (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) { 5176 S += '"'; 5177 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName(); 5178 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5179 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5180 S += '<'; 5181 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5182 S += '>'; 5183 } 5184 S += '"'; 5185 } 5186 return; 5187 } 5188 5189 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers. 5190 // TODO: maybe there should be a mangling for these 5191 if (T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 5192 return; 5193 5194 if (T->isVectorType()) { 5195 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is 5196 // insufficient. 5197 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc. 5198 return; 5199 } 5200 5201 llvm_unreachable("@encode for type not implemented!"); 5202} 5203 5204void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl, 5205 std::string &S, 5206 const FieldDecl *FD, 5207 bool includeVBases) const { 5208 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl"); 5209 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions"); 5210 if (!RDecl->getDefinition()) 5211 return; 5212 5213 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl); 5214 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets; 5215 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl); 5216 5217 if (CXXRec) { 5218 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5219 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(), 5220 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5221 if (!BI->isVirtual()) { 5222 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5223 if (base->isEmpty()) 5224 continue; 5225 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base)); 5226 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5227 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5228 } 5229 } 5230 } 5231 5232 unsigned i = 0; 5233 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5234 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5235 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) { 5236 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i); 5237 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5238 std::make_pair(offs, *Field)); 5239 } 5240 5241 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) { 5242 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5243 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(), 5244 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5245 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5246 if (base->isEmpty()) 5247 continue; 5248 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base)); 5249 if (FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end()) 5250 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(), 5251 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5252 } 5253 } 5254 5255 CharUnits size; 5256 if (CXXRec) { 5257 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize(); 5258 } else { 5259 size = layout.getSize(); 5260 } 5261 5262 uint64_t CurOffs = 0; 5263 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator 5264 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin(); 5265 5266 if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() && 5267 (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) { 5268 if (FD) { 5269 S += "\"_vptr$"; 5270 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString(); 5271 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?"; 5272 S += recname; 5273 S += '"'; 5274 } 5275 S += "^^?"; 5276 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy); 5277 } 5278 5279 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 5280 // Mark the end of the structure. 5281 uint64_t offs = toBits(size); 5282 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5283 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0)); 5284 } 5285 5286 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) { 5287 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first); 5288 5289 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) { 5290 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs; 5291 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that 5292 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case 5293 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout. 5294 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without 5295 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the 5296 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be 5297 // longer then though. 5298 CurOffs += padding; 5299 } 5300 5301 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second; 5302 if (dcl == 0) 5303 break; // reached end of structure. 5304 5305 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) { 5306 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going 5307 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which 5308 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy, 5309 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is. 5310 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false); 5311 assert(!base->isEmpty()); 5312 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize()); 5313 } else { 5314 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl); 5315 if (FD) { 5316 S += '"'; 5317 S += field->getNameAsString(); 5318 S += '"'; 5319 } 5320 5321 if (field->isBitField()) { 5322 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field); 5323 CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 5324 } else { 5325 QualType qt = field->getType(); 5326 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5327 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD, 5328 /*OutermostType*/false, 5329 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5330 /*StructField*/true); 5331 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType()); 5332 } 5333 } 5334 } 5335} 5336 5337void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 5338 std::string& S) const { 5339 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) 5340 S += 'n'; 5341 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) 5342 S += 'N'; 5343 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) 5344 S += 'o'; 5345 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) 5346 S += 'O'; 5347 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) 5348 S += 'R'; 5349 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) 5350 S += 'V'; 5351} 5352 5353TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const { 5354 if (!ObjCIdDecl) { 5355 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, 0, 0); 5356 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5357 TypeSourceInfo *IdInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5358 ObjCIdDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5359 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5360 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5361 &Idents.get("id"), IdInfo); 5362 } 5363 5364 return ObjCIdDecl; 5365} 5366 5367TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const { 5368 if (!ObjCSelDecl) { 5369 QualType SelT = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy); 5370 TypeSourceInfo *SelInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SelT); 5371 ObjCSelDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5372 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5373 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5374 &Idents.get("SEL"), SelInfo); 5375 } 5376 return ObjCSelDecl; 5377} 5378 5379TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const { 5380 if (!ObjCClassDecl) { 5381 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, 0, 0); 5382 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5383 TypeSourceInfo *ClassInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5384 ObjCClassDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5385 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5386 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5387 &Idents.get("Class"), ClassInfo); 5388 } 5389 5390 return ObjCClassDecl; 5391} 5392 5393ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const { 5394 if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) { 5395 ObjCProtocolClassDecl 5396 = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5397 SourceLocation(), 5398 &Idents.get("Protocol"), 5399 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 5400 SourceLocation(), true); 5401 } 5402 5403 return ObjCProtocolClassDecl; 5404} 5405 5406//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5407// __builtin_va_list Construction Functions 5408//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5409 5410static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5411 // typedef char* __builtin_va_list; 5412 QualType CharPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy); 5413 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5414 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharPtrType); 5415 5416 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5417 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5418 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5419 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5420 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5421 TInfo); 5422 return VaListTypeDecl; 5423} 5424 5425static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5426 // typedef void* __builtin_va_list; 5427 QualType VoidPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5428 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5429 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VoidPtrType); 5430 5431 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5432 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5433 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5434 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5435 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5436 TInfo); 5437 return VaListTypeDecl; 5438} 5439 5440static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5441 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5442 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5443 5444 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5445 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5446 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5447 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5448 5449 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5450 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5451 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5452 5453 // unsigned char gpr; 5454 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5455 FieldNames[0] = "gpr"; 5456 5457 // unsigned char fpr; 5458 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5459 FieldNames[1] = "fpr"; 5460 5461 // unsigned short reserved; 5462 FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy; 5463 FieldNames[2] = "reserved"; 5464 5465 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5466 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5467 FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5468 5469 // void* reg_save_area; 5470 FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5471 FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area"; 5472 5473 // Create fields 5474 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5475 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl, 5476 SourceLocation(), 5477 SourceLocation(), 5478 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5479 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5480 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5481 /*Mutable=*/false, 5482 ICIS_NoInit); 5483 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5484 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5485 } 5486 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5487 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5488 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5489 5490 // } __va_list_tag; 5491 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5492 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5493 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5494 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5495 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5496 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5497 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5498 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5499 5500 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5501 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5502 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5503 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5504 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5505 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5506 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5507 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5508 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5509 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5510 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5511 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5512 TInfo); 5513 5514 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5515} 5516 5517static TypedefDecl * 5518CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5519 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5520 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5521 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5522 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5523 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5524 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5525 5526 const size_t NumFields = 4; 5527 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5528 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5529 5530 // unsigned gp_offset; 5531 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5532 FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset"; 5533 5534 // unsigned fp_offset; 5535 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5536 FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset"; 5537 5538 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5539 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5540 FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5541 5542 // void* reg_save_area; 5543 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5544 FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area"; 5545 5546 // Create fields 5547 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5548 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5549 VaListTagDecl, 5550 SourceLocation(), 5551 SourceLocation(), 5552 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5553 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5554 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5555 /*Mutable=*/false, 5556 ICIS_NoInit); 5557 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5558 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5559 } 5560 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5561 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5562 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5563 5564 // } __va_list_tag; 5565 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5566 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5567 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5568 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5569 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5570 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5571 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5572 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5573 5574 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5575 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5576 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5577 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5578 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0); 5579 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5580 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5581 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5582 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5583 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5584 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5585 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5586 TInfo); 5587 5588 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5589} 5590 5591static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5592 // typedef int __builtin_va_list[4]; 5593 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4); 5594 QualType IntArrayType 5595 = Context->getConstantArrayType(Context->IntTy, 5596 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5597 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5598 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5599 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5600 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5601 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5602 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(IntArrayType)); 5603 5604 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5605} 5606 5607static TypedefDecl * 5608CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5609 RecordDecl *VaListDecl; 5610 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5611 // namespace std { struct __va_list { 5612 NamespaceDecl *NS; 5613 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5614 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5615 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), 5616 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), 5617 /*PrevDecl*/0); 5618 5619 VaListDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5620 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5621 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5622 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5623 5624 VaListDecl->setDeclContext(NS); 5625 5626 } else { 5627 // struct __va_list { 5628 VaListDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5629 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5630 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5631 } 5632 5633 VaListDecl->startDefinition(); 5634 5635 // void * __ap; 5636 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5637 VaListDecl, 5638 SourceLocation(), 5639 SourceLocation(), 5640 &Context->Idents.get("__ap"), 5641 Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy), 5642 /*TInfo=*/0, 5643 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5644 /*Mutable=*/false, 5645 ICIS_NoInit); 5646 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5647 VaListDecl->addDecl(Field); 5648 5649 // }; 5650 VaListDecl->completeDefinition(); 5651 5652 // typedef struct __va_list __builtin_va_list; 5653 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5654 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context->getRecordType(VaListDecl)); 5655 5656 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5657 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5658 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5659 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5660 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5661 TInfo); 5662 5663 return VaListTypeDecl; 5664} 5665 5666static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context, 5667 TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) { 5668 switch (Kind) { 5669 case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList: 5670 return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5671 case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList: 5672 return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5673 case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList: 5674 return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5675 case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList: 5676 return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5677 case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList: 5678 return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5679 case TargetInfo::AAPCSABIBuiltinVaList: 5680 return CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5681 } 5682 5683 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind"); 5684} 5685 5686TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const { 5687 if (!BuiltinVaListDecl) 5688 BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind()); 5689 5690 return BuiltinVaListDecl; 5691} 5692 5693QualType ASTContext::getVaListTagType() const { 5694 // Force the creation of VaListTagTy by building the __builtin_va_list 5695 // declaration. 5696 if (VaListTagTy.isNull()) 5697 (void) getBuiltinVaListDecl(); 5698 5699 return VaListTagTy; 5700} 5701 5702void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) { 5703 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() && 5704 "'NSConstantString' type already set!"); 5705 5706 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 5707} 5708 5709/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty 5710/// lookup. 5711TemplateName 5712ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, 5713 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const { 5714 unsigned size = End - Begin; 5715 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!"); 5716 5717 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) + 5718 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*)); 5719 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size); 5720 5721 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage(); 5722 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) { 5723 NamedDecl *D = *I; 5724 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || 5725 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) && 5726 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl()))); 5727 *Storage++ = D; 5728 } 5729 5730 return TemplateName(OT); 5731} 5732 5733/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified 5734/// template name such as \c std::vector. 5735TemplateName 5736ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 5737 bool TemplateKeyword, 5738 TemplateDecl *Template) const { 5739 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name"); 5740 5741 // FIXME: Canonicalization? 5742 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5743 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 5744 5745 void *InsertPos = 0; 5746 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = 5747 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5748 if (!QTN) { 5749 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<QualifiedTemplateName>()) 5750 QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 5751 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 5752 } 5753 5754 return TemplateName(QTN); 5755} 5756 5757/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 5758/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply. 5759TemplateName 5760ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 5761 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const { 5762 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 5763 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 5764 5765 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5766 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name); 5767 5768 void *InsertPos = 0; 5769 DependentTemplateName *QTN = 5770 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5771 5772 if (QTN) 5773 return TemplateName(QTN); 5774 5775 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 5776 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 5777 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 5778 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name); 5779 } else { 5780 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name); 5781 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 5782 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon); 5783 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN = 5784 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5785 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken"); 5786 (void)CheckQTN; 5787 } 5788 5789 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 5790 return TemplateName(QTN); 5791} 5792 5793/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 5794/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+. 5795TemplateName 5796ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 5797 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const { 5798 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 5799 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 5800 5801 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5802 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator); 5803 5804 void *InsertPos = 0; 5805 DependentTemplateName *QTN 5806 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5807 5808 if (QTN) 5809 return TemplateName(QTN); 5810 5811 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 5812 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 5813 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 5814 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator); 5815 } else { 5816 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator); 5817 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 5818 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon); 5819 5820 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN 5821 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5822 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken"); 5823 (void)CheckQTN; 5824 } 5825 5826 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 5827 return TemplateName(QTN); 5828} 5829 5830TemplateName 5831ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param, 5832 TemplateName replacement) const { 5833 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5834 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement); 5835 5836 void *insertPos = 0; 5837 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 5838 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 5839 5840 if (!subst) { 5841 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement); 5842 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos); 5843 } 5844 5845 return TemplateName(subst); 5846} 5847 5848TemplateName 5849ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5850 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const { 5851 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this); 5852 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5853 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack); 5854 5855 void *InsertPos = 0; 5856 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst 5857 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5858 5859 if (!Subst) { 5860 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param, 5861 ArgPack.pack_size(), 5862 ArgPack.pack_begin()); 5863 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos); 5864 } 5865 5866 return TemplateName(Subst); 5867} 5868 5869/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by 5870/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type 5871/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType. 5872CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const { 5873 switch (Type) { 5874 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType(); 5875 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy; 5876 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy; 5877 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy; 5878 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy; 5879 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy; 5880 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy; 5881 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy; 5882 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy; 5883 } 5884 5885 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value"); 5886} 5887 5888//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5889// Type Predicates. 5890//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5891 5892/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's 5893/// garbage collection attribute. 5894/// 5895Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const { 5896 if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC) 5897 return Qualifiers::GCNone; 5898 5899 assert(getLangOpts().ObjC1); 5900 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr(); 5901 5902 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers 5903 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared 5904 // as __strong. 5905 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) { 5906 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 5907 return Qualifiers::Strong; 5908 else if (Ty->isPointerType()) 5909 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); 5910 } else { 5911 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a 5912 // pointer. 5913#ifndef NDEBUG 5914 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal(); 5915 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT)) 5916 CT = AT->getElementType(); 5917 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType()); 5918#endif 5919 } 5920 return GCAttrs; 5921} 5922 5923//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5924// Type Compatibility Testing 5925//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5926 5927/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are 5928/// compatible. 5929static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS, 5930 const VectorType *RHS) { 5931 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified()); 5932 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() && 5933 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements(); 5934} 5935 5936bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec, 5937 QualType SecondVec) { 5938 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type"); 5939 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type"); 5940 5941 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec)) 5942 return true; 5943 5944 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the 5945 // equivalent GCC vector types. 5946 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 5947 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 5948 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() && 5949 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) && 5950 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 5951 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool && 5952 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 5953 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool) 5954 return true; 5955 5956 return false; 5957} 5958 5959//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5960// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's. 5961//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5962 5963/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the 5964/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'. 5965bool 5966ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto, 5967 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const { 5968 if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto)) 5969 return true; 5970 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(), 5971 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI) 5972 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI)) 5973 return true; 5974 return false; 5975} 5976 5977/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<pr,...> with id<pr1,...> 5978/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false 5979/// otherwise. 5980bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) { 5981 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 5982 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false); 5983 return false; 5984} 5985 5986/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<pr,...> and 5987/// Class<pr1, ...>. 5988bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, 5989 QualType rhs) { 5990 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5991 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5992 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible"); 5993 5994 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 5995 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5996 bool match = false; 5997 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 5998 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 5999 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6000 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6001 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) { 6002 match = true; 6003 break; 6004 } 6005 } 6006 if (!match) 6007 return false; 6008 } 6009 return true; 6010} 6011 6012/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an 6013/// ObjCQualifiedIDType. 6014bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6015 bool compare) { 6016 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases. 6017 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6018 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType()) 6019 return true; 6020 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6021 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType()) 6022 return true; 6023 6024 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 6025 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6026 6027 if (!rhsOPT) return false; 6028 6029 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) { 6030 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*", 6031 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6032 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6033 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6034 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6035 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6036 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6037 // through its super class and categories. 6038 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) 6039 return false; 6040 } 6041 } 6042 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'. 6043 return true; 6044 } 6045 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6046 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6047 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6048 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6049 bool match = false; 6050 6051 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6052 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6053 // through its super class and categories. 6054 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6055 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6056 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6057 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6058 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6059 match = true; 6060 break; 6061 } 6062 } 6063 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*", 6064 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6065 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6066 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6067 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6068 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6069 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6070 // through its super class and categories. 6071 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) { 6072 match = true; 6073 break; 6074 } 6075 } 6076 } 6077 if (!match) 6078 return false; 6079 } 6080 6081 return true; 6082 } 6083 6084 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6085 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>"); 6086 6087 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT = 6088 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { 6089 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6090 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6091 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6092 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6093 bool match = false; 6094 6095 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs, 6096 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6097 // through its super class and categories. 6098 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct 6099 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6100 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6101 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6102 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6103 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6104 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6105 match = true; 6106 break; 6107 } 6108 } 6109 if (!match) 6110 return false; 6111 } 6112 6113 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols 6114 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6115 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6116 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6117 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols); 6118 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has 6119 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s) 6120 // assume that it is mismatch. 6121 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty()) 6122 return false; 6123 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6124 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6125 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6126 bool match = false; 6127 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I); 6128 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6129 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6130 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6131 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6132 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6133 match = true; 6134 break; 6135 } 6136 } 6137 if (!match) 6138 return false; 6139 } 6140 } 6141 return true; 6142 } 6143 return false; 6144} 6145 6146/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are 6147/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any 6148/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS. 6149/// 6150bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6151 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) { 6152 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6153 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6154 6155 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true. 6156 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() || 6157 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass()) 6158 return true; 6159 6160 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId()) 6161 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6162 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6163 false); 6164 6165 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass()) 6166 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6167 QualType(RHSOPT,0)); 6168 6169 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path. 6170 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface()) 6171 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS); 6172 6173 return false; 6174} 6175 6176/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written 6177/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return 6178/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where 6179/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is 6180/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK. 6181bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 6182 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6183 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6184 bool BlockReturnType) { 6185 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType()) 6186 return true; 6187 6188 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) { 6189 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6190 } 6191 6192 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 6193 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6194 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6195 false); 6196 6197 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6198 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6199 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types. 6200 if (LHS != RHS) { 6201 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl())) 6202 return BlockReturnType; 6203 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl())) 6204 return !BlockReturnType; 6205 } 6206 else 6207 return true; 6208 } 6209 return false; 6210} 6211 6212/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set 6213/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects. 6214/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of 6215/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects. 6216static 6217void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context, 6218 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6219 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6220 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) { 6221 6222 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6223 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6224 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base"); 6225 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base"); 6226 6227 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet; 6228 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols(); 6229 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0) 6230 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end()); 6231 else { 6232 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6233 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(), 6234 LHSInheritedProtocols); 6235 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6236 LHSInheritedProtocols.end()); 6237 } 6238 6239 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols(); 6240 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) { 6241 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols = 6242 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin()); 6243 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i) 6244 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i])) 6245 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]); 6246 } else { 6247 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols; 6248 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), 6249 RHSInheritedProtocols); 6250 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6251 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6252 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) 6253 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I))) 6254 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I)); 6255 } 6256} 6257 6258/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if 6259/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the 6260/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a 6261/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare. 6262QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible( 6263 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr, 6264 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) { 6265 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType(); 6266 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType(); 6267 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface(); 6268 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface(); 6269 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (declaresSameEntity(LDecl, RDecl))) 6270 return QualType(); 6271 6272 do { 6273 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl)); 6274 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) { 6275 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols; 6276 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols); 6277 6278 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0); 6279 if (!Protocols.empty()) 6280 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size()); 6281 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result); 6282 return Result; 6283 } 6284 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())); 6285 6286 return QualType(); 6287} 6288 6289bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS, 6290 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) { 6291 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type"); 6292 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type"); 6293 6294 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of 6295 // the LHS. 6296 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface())) 6297 return false; 6298 6299 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not 6300 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good. 6301 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) 6302 return true; 6303 6304 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, 6305 // more detailed analysis is required. 6306 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) { 6307 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and* 6308 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS. 6309 // false otherwise. 6310 bool IsSuperClass = 6311 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()); 6312 if (IsSuperClass) { 6313 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types 6314 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols 6315 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok. 6316 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>. 6317 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols; 6318 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols); 6319 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match. 6320 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty()) 6321 return false; 6322 6323 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6324 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6325 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6326 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false; 6327 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI); 6328 6329 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6330 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6331 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6332 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I); 6333 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) { 6334 SuperImplementsProtocol = true; 6335 break; 6336 } 6337 } 6338 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol) 6339 return false; 6340 } 6341 return true; 6342 } 6343 return false; 6344 } 6345 6346 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6347 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6348 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6349 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false; 6350 6351 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types 6352 // are incompatible. 6353 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(), 6354 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end(); 6355 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) { 6356 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) { 6357 RHSImplementsProtocol = true; 6358 break; 6359 } 6360 } 6361 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name. 6362 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol) 6363 return false; 6364 } 6365 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS. 6366 return true; 6367} 6368 6369bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6370 // get the "pointed to" types 6371 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6372 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6373 6374 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT) 6375 return false; 6376 6377 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) || 6378 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT); 6379} 6380 6381bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) { 6382 return canAssignObjCInterfaces( 6383 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6384 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()); 6385} 6386 6387/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible, 6388/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type. 6389/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the 6390/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules. 6391bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6392 bool CompareUnqualified) { 6393 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6394 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS); 6395 6396 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull(); 6397} 6398 6399bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6400 return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS); 6401} 6402 6403bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6404 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull(); 6405} 6406 6407/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member 6408/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return 6409/// QualType() 6410QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType, 6411 bool OfBlockPointer, 6412 bool Unqualified) { 6413 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) { 6414 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); 6415 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { 6416 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(), 6417 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) { 6418 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 6419 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6420 if (!MT.isNull()) 6421 return MT; 6422 } 6423 } 6424 } 6425 6426 return QualType(); 6427} 6428 6429/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function 6430/// argument types 6431QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6432 bool OfBlockPointer, 6433 bool Unqualified) { 6434 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function 6435 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other 6436 // type is compatible with a union member 6437 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, 6438 Unqualified); 6439 if (!lmerge.isNull()) 6440 return lmerge; 6441 6442 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer, 6443 Unqualified); 6444 if (!rmerge.isNull()) 6445 return rmerge; 6446 6447 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6448} 6449 6450QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6451 bool OfBlockPointer, 6452 bool Unqualified) { 6453 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6454 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6455 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase); 6456 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase); 6457 bool allLTypes = true; 6458 bool allRTypes = true; 6459 6460 // Check return type 6461 QualType retType; 6462 if (OfBlockPointer) { 6463 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType(); 6464 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType(); 6465 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified; 6466 if (!UnqualifiedResult) 6467 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()); 6468 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true); 6469 } 6470 else 6471 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false, 6472 Unqualified); 6473 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6474 6475 if (Unqualified) 6476 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6477 6478 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()); 6479 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()); 6480 if (Unqualified) { 6481 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6482 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6483 } 6484 6485 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType) 6486 allLTypes = false; 6487 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType) 6488 allRTypes = false; 6489 6490 // FIXME: double check this 6491 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6492 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6493 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()? 6494 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo(); 6495 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo(); 6496 6497 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions 6498 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC())) 6499 return QualType(); 6500 6501 // Regparm is part of the calling convention. 6502 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm()) 6503 return QualType(); 6504 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm()) 6505 return QualType(); 6506 6507 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult()) 6508 return QualType(); 6509 6510 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'. 6511 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn(); 6512 6513 if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6514 allLTypes = false; 6515 if (rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6516 allRTypes = false; 6517 6518 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn); 6519 6520 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes 6521 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() && 6522 "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6523 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs(); 6524 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs(); 6525 6526 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments 6527 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs) 6528 return QualType(); 6529 6530 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible 6531 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic()) 6532 return QualType(); 6533 6534 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals()) 6535 return QualType(); 6536 6537 if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount && 6538 !FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(rproto, lproto)) 6539 return QualType(); 6540 6541 // Check argument compatibility 6542 SmallVector<QualType, 10> types; 6543 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) { 6544 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6545 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6546 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype, 6547 OfBlockPointer, 6548 Unqualified); 6549 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType(); 6550 6551 if (Unqualified) 6552 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6553 6554 types.push_back(argtype); 6555 if (Unqualified) { 6556 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6557 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6558 } 6559 6560 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype)) 6561 allLTypes = false; 6562 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype)) 6563 allRTypes = false; 6564 } 6565 6566 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6567 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6568 6569 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo(); 6570 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 6571 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(), EPI); 6572 } 6573 6574 if (lproto) allRTypes = false; 6575 if (rproto) allLTypes = false; 6576 6577 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto; 6578 if (proto) { 6579 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6580 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType(); 6581 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that 6582 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15). 6583 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer 6584 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different 6585 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible. 6586 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs(); 6587 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) { 6588 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i); 6589 6590 // Look at the converted type of enum types, since that is the type used 6591 // to pass enum values. 6592 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6593 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6594 if (argTy.isNull()) 6595 return QualType(); 6596 } 6597 6598 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() || 6599 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy) 6600 return QualType(); 6601 } 6602 6603 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6604 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6605 6606 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo(); 6607 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 6608 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(), 6609 proto->getNumArgs(), EPI); 6610 } 6611 6612 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6613 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6614 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo); 6615} 6616 6617QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6618 bool OfBlockPointer, 6619 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) { 6620 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the 6621 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression 6622 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the 6623 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and 6624 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses). 6625 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?"); 6626 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?"); 6627 6628 if (Unqualified) { 6629 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 6630 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 6631 } 6632 6633 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 6634 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 6635 6636 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 6637 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 6638 return LHS; 6639 6640 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly. 6641 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6642 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6643 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 6644 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type 6645 // mismatch. 6646 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 6647 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() || 6648 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime()) 6649 return QualType(); 6650 6651 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 6652 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 6653 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 6654 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 6655 // qualified __strong. 6656 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6657 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6658 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 6659 6660 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 6661 return QualType(); 6662 6663 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6664 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong)); 6665 } 6666 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6667 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS); 6668 } 6669 return QualType(); 6670 } 6671 6672 // Okay, qualifiers are equal. 6673 6674 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass(); 6675 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass(); 6676 6677 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these 6678 // comparisons, just force one to the other. 6679 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 6680 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 6681 6682 // Same as above for arrays 6683 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 6684 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 6685 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 6686 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 6687 6688 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects. 6689 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 6690 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 6691 6692 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector. 6693 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector; 6694 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector; 6695 6696 // If the canonical type classes don't match. 6697 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) { 6698 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char, 6699 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type. 6700 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion 6701 // type. 6702 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6703 QualType TINT = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6704 if (!TINT.isNull() && hasSameType(TINT, RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())) 6705 return RHS; 6706 } 6707 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6708 QualType TINT = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6709 if (!TINT.isNull() && hasSameType(TINT, LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())) 6710 return LHS; 6711 } 6712 // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type. 6713 if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) { 6714 if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType()) 6715 return LHS; 6716 if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType()) 6717 return RHS; 6718 } 6719 6720 return QualType(); 6721 } 6722 6723 // The canonical type classes match. 6724 switch (LHSClass) { 6725#define TYPE(Class, Base) 6726#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 6727#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6728#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6729#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6730#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 6731 llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here"); 6732 6733 case Type::LValueReference: 6734 case Type::RValueReference: 6735 case Type::MemberPointer: 6736 llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes"); 6737 6738 case Type::ObjCInterface: 6739 case Type::IncompleteArray: 6740 case Type::VariableArray: 6741 case Type::FunctionProto: 6742 case Type::ExtVector: 6743 llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above"); 6744 6745 case Type::Pointer: 6746 { 6747 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 6748 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6749 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6750 if (Unqualified) { 6751 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6752 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6753 } 6754 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false, 6755 Unqualified); 6756 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6757 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6758 return LHS; 6759 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6760 return RHS; 6761 return getPointerType(ResultType); 6762 } 6763 case Type::BlockPointer: 6764 { 6765 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 6766 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6767 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6768 if (Unqualified) { 6769 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6770 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6771 } 6772 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer, 6773 Unqualified); 6774 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6775 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6776 return LHS; 6777 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6778 return RHS; 6779 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType); 6780 } 6781 case Type::Atomic: 6782 { 6783 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 6784 QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 6785 QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 6786 if (Unqualified) { 6787 LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 6788 RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 6789 } 6790 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false, 6791 Unqualified); 6792 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6793 if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6794 return LHS; 6795 if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6796 return RHS; 6797 return getAtomicType(ResultType); 6798 } 6799 case Type::ConstantArray: 6800 { 6801 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS); 6802 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS); 6803 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize()) 6804 return QualType(); 6805 6806 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType(); 6807 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType(); 6808 if (Unqualified) { 6809 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 6810 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 6811 } 6812 6813 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified); 6814 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6815 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6816 return LHS; 6817 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6818 return RHS; 6819 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(), 6820 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 6821 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(), 6822 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 6823 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS); 6824 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS); 6825 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6826 return LHS; 6827 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6828 return RHS; 6829 if (LVAT) { 6830 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 6831 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type 6832 // has to be different. 6833 return LHS; 6834 } 6835 if (RVAT) { 6836 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 6837 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type 6838 // has to be different. 6839 return RHS; 6840 } 6841 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; 6842 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; 6843 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType, 6844 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 6845 } 6846 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 6847 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6848 case Type::Record: 6849 case Type::Enum: 6850 return QualType(); 6851 case Type::Builtin: 6852 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above. 6853 return QualType(); 6854 case Type::Complex: 6855 // Distinct complex types are incompatible. 6856 return QualType(); 6857 case Type::Vector: 6858 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector! 6859 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(), 6860 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>())) 6861 return LHS; 6862 return QualType(); 6863 case Type::ObjCObject: { 6864 // Check if the types are assignment compatible. 6865 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether 6866 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal. 6867 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 6868 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 6869 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) 6870 return LHS; 6871 6872 return QualType(); 6873 } 6874 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 6875 if (OfBlockPointer) { 6876 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 6877 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6878 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6879 BlockReturnType)) 6880 return LHS; 6881 return QualType(); 6882 } 6883 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6884 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())) 6885 return LHS; 6886 6887 return QualType(); 6888 } 6889 } 6890 6891 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!"); 6892} 6893 6894bool ASTContext::FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs( 6895 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType, 6896 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType) { 6897 if (FromFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs() != 6898 ToFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs()) 6899 return false; 6900 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo FromEPI = 6901 FromFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 6902 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ToEPI = 6903 ToFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 6904 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments && ToEPI.ConsumedArguments) 6905 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs(); 6906 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { 6907 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx] != 6908 ToEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx]) 6909 return false; 6910 } 6911 return true; 6912} 6913 6914/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and 6915/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function 6916/// return types. 6917QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6918 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 6919 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 6920 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 6921 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 6922 return LHS; 6923 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) { 6924 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType()) 6925 return QualType(); 6926 QualType OldReturnType = 6927 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 6928 QualType NewReturnType = 6929 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 6930 QualType ResReturnType = 6931 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType); 6932 if (ResReturnType.isNull()) 6933 return QualType(); 6934 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) { 6935 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo(); 6936 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type. 6937 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6938 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) { 6939 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6940 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS); 6941 QualType ResultType 6942 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(), 6943 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 6944 return ResultType; 6945 } 6946 } 6947 return QualType(); 6948 } 6949 6950 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged. 6951 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6952 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6953 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 6954 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch. 6955 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 6956 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace()) 6957 return QualType(); 6958 6959 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 6960 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 6961 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 6962 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 6963 // qualified __strong. 6964 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6965 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6966 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 6967 6968 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 6969 return QualType(); 6970 6971 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong) 6972 return LHS; 6973 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong) 6974 return RHS; 6975 return QualType(); 6976 } 6977 6978 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6979 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6980 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6981 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT); 6982 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT) 6983 return LHS; 6984 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT) 6985 return RHS; 6986 } 6987 return QualType(); 6988} 6989 6990//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6991// Integer Predicates 6992//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6993 6994unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const { 6995 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) 6996 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6997 if (T->isBooleanType()) 6998 return 1; 6999 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method 7000 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T); 7001} 7002 7003QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) const { 7004 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type"); 7005 7006 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int> 7007 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>()) 7008 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()), 7009 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind()); 7010 7011 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type. 7012 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 7013 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7014 7015 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 7016 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type"); 7017 switch (BTy->getKind()) { 7018 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 7019 case BuiltinType::SChar: 7020 return UnsignedCharTy; 7021 case BuiltinType::Short: 7022 return UnsignedShortTy; 7023 case BuiltinType::Int: 7024 return UnsignedIntTy; 7025 case BuiltinType::Long: 7026 return UnsignedLongTy; 7027 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 7028 return UnsignedLongLongTy; 7029 case BuiltinType::Int128: 7030 return UnsignedInt128Ty; 7031 default: 7032 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type"); 7033 } 7034} 7035 7036ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { } 7037 7038 7039//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7040// Builtin Type Computation 7041//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7042 7043/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the 7044/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If 7045/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic 7046/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of 7047/// a vector of "i*". 7048/// 7049/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required 7050/// to be an Integer Constant Expression. 7051static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context, 7052 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7053 bool &RequiresICE, 7054 bool AllowTypeModifiers) { 7055 // Modifiers. 7056 int HowLong = 0; 7057 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false; 7058 RequiresICE = false; 7059 7060 // Read the prefixed modifiers first. 7061 bool Done = false; 7062 while (!Done) { 7063 switch (*Str++) { 7064 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7065 case 'I': 7066 RequiresICE = true; 7067 break; 7068 case 'S': 7069 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7070 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7071 Signed = true; 7072 break; 7073 case 'U': 7074 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7075 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7076 Unsigned = true; 7077 break; 7078 case 'L': 7079 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier"); 7080 ++HowLong; 7081 break; 7082 } 7083 } 7084 7085 QualType Type; 7086 7087 // Read the base type. 7088 switch (*Str++) { 7089 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!"); 7090 case 'v': 7091 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7092 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!"); 7093 Type = Context.VoidTy; 7094 break; 7095 case 'f': 7096 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7097 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!"); 7098 Type = Context.FloatTy; 7099 break; 7100 case 'd': 7101 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7102 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!"); 7103 if (HowLong) 7104 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy; 7105 else 7106 Type = Context.DoubleTy; 7107 break; 7108 case 's': 7109 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!"); 7110 if (Unsigned) 7111 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 7112 else 7113 Type = Context.ShortTy; 7114 break; 7115 case 'i': 7116 if (HowLong == 3) 7117 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty; 7118 else if (HowLong == 2) 7119 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 7120 else if (HowLong == 1) 7121 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 7122 else 7123 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 7124 break; 7125 case 'c': 7126 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!"); 7127 if (Signed) 7128 Type = Context.SignedCharTy; 7129 else if (Unsigned) 7130 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 7131 else 7132 Type = Context.CharTy; 7133 break; 7134 case 'b': // boolean 7135 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!"); 7136 Type = Context.BoolTy; 7137 break; 7138 case 'z': // size_t. 7139 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!"); 7140 Type = Context.getSizeType(); 7141 break; 7142 case 'F': 7143 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType(); 7144 break; 7145 case 'G': 7146 Type = Context.getObjCIdType(); 7147 break; 7148 case 'H': 7149 Type = Context.getObjCSelType(); 7150 break; 7151 case 'a': 7152 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7153 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7154 break; 7155 case 'A': 7156 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly 7157 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two 7158 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones 7159 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is 7160 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list 7161 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86, 7162 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want 7163 // it to be a __va_list_tag*. 7164 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7165 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7166 if (Type->isArrayType()) 7167 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type); 7168 else 7169 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7170 break; 7171 case 'V': { 7172 char *End; 7173 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7174 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7175 Str = End; 7176 7177 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, 7178 RequiresICE, false); 7179 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE"); 7180 7181 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet. 7182 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements, 7183 VectorType::GenericVector); 7184 break; 7185 } 7186 case 'E': { 7187 char *End; 7188 7189 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7190 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7191 7192 Str = End; 7193 7194 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7195 false); 7196 Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements); 7197 break; 7198 } 7199 case 'X': { 7200 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7201 false); 7202 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE"); 7203 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType); 7204 break; 7205 } 7206 case 'Y' : { 7207 Type = Context.getPointerDiffType(); 7208 break; 7209 } 7210 case 'P': 7211 Type = Context.getFILEType(); 7212 if (Type.isNull()) { 7213 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio; 7214 return QualType(); 7215 } 7216 break; 7217 case 'J': 7218 if (Signed) 7219 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType(); 7220 else 7221 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType(); 7222 7223 if (Type.isNull()) { 7224 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp; 7225 return QualType(); 7226 } 7227 break; 7228 case 'K': 7229 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!"); 7230 Type = Context.getucontext_tType(); 7231 7232 if (Type.isNull()) { 7233 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext; 7234 return QualType(); 7235 } 7236 break; 7237 case 'p': 7238 Type = Context.getProcessIDType(); 7239 break; 7240 } 7241 7242 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it. 7243 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers; 7244 while (!Done) { 7245 switch (char c = *Str++) { 7246 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7247 case '*': 7248 case '&': { 7249 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types 7250 // qualified with an address space. 7251 char *End; 7252 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7253 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) { 7254 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace); 7255 Str = End; 7256 } 7257 if (c == '*') 7258 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type); 7259 else 7260 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7261 break; 7262 } 7263 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg. 7264 case 'C': 7265 Type = Type.withConst(); 7266 break; 7267 case 'D': 7268 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type); 7269 break; 7270 case 'R': 7271 Type = Type.withRestrict(); 7272 break; 7273 } 7274 } 7275 7276 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) && 7277 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer"); 7278 7279 return Type; 7280} 7281 7282/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin. 7283QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id, 7284 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7285 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const { 7286 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id); 7287 7288 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes; 7289 7290 bool RequiresICE = false; 7291 Error = GE_None; 7292 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, 7293 RequiresICE, true); 7294 if (Error != GE_None) 7295 return QualType(); 7296 7297 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE"); 7298 7299 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') { 7300 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true); 7301 if (Error != GE_None) 7302 return QualType(); 7303 7304 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the 7305 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return. 7306 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs) 7307 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size(); 7308 7309 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type. 7310 if (Ty->isArrayType()) 7311 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty); 7312 7313 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty); 7314 } 7315 7316 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) && 7317 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!"); 7318 7319 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI; 7320 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true); 7321 7322 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.'); 7323 7324 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++. 7325 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic) 7326 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI); 7327 7328 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 7329 EPI.ExtInfo = EI; 7330 EPI.Variadic = Variadic; 7331 7332 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(), EPI); 7333} 7334 7335GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7336 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7337 7338 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage(); 7339 switch (L) { 7340 case NoLinkage: 7341 case InternalLinkage: 7342 case UniqueExternalLinkage: 7343 return GVA_Internal; 7344 7345 case ExternalLinkage: 7346 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) { 7347 case TSK_Undeclared: 7348 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7349 External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7350 break; 7351 7352 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7353 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7354 7355 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7356 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7357 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7358 break; 7359 } 7360 } 7361 7362 if (!FD->isInlined()) 7363 return External; 7364 7365 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 7366 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be 7367 // externally visible. 7368 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible()) 7369 return External; 7370 7371 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible. 7372 return GVA_C99Inline; 7373 } 7374 7375 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9: 7376 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of 7377 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly 7378 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for 7379 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be 7380 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ] 7381 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 7382 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration) 7383 return GVA_C99Inline; 7384 7385 return GVA_CXXInline; 7386} 7387 7388GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) { 7389 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template 7390 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a 7391 // template. 7392 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared; 7393 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 7394 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind(); 7395 7396 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage(); 7397 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7398 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage) 7399 L = UniqueExternalLinkage; 7400 7401 switch (L) { 7402 case NoLinkage: 7403 case InternalLinkage: 7404 case UniqueExternalLinkage: 7405 return GVA_Internal; 7406 7407 case ExternalLinkage: 7408 switch (TSK) { 7409 case TSK_Undeclared: 7410 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7411 return GVA_StrongExternal; 7412 7413 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7414 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated"); 7415 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation. 7416 7417 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7418 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7419 7420 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7421 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7422 } 7423 } 7424 7425 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!"); 7426} 7427 7428bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) { 7429 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 7430 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl()) 7431 return false; 7432 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) 7433 return false; 7434 7435 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves. 7436 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) 7437 return false; 7438 7439 // Aliases and used decls are required. 7440 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7441 return true; 7442 7443 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7444 // Forward declarations aren't required. 7445 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 7446 return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition(); 7447 7448 // Constructors and destructors are required. 7449 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) 7450 return true; 7451 7452 // The key function for a class is required. 7453 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7454 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent(); 7455 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) { 7456 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getKeyFunction(RD); 7457 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl()) 7458 return true; 7459 } 7460 } 7461 7462 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD); 7463 7464 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can 7465 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++. 7466 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++. 7467 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline || 7468 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7469 return false; 7470 return true; 7471 } 7472 7473 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); 7474 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var"); 7475 7476 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) 7477 return false; 7478 7479 // Variables that can be needed in other TUs are required. 7480 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD); 7481 if (L != GVA_Internal && L != GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7482 return true; 7483 7484 // Variables that have destruction with side-effects are required. 7485 if (VD->getType().isDestructedType()) 7486 return true; 7487 7488 // Variables that have initialization with side-effects are required. 7489 if (VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)) 7490 return true; 7491 7492 return false; 7493} 7494 7495CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(bool isVariadic) { 7496 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7497 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(isVariadic); 7498} 7499 7500CallingConv ASTContext::getCanonicalCallConv(CallingConv CC) const { 7501 if (CC == CC_C && !LangOpts.MRTD && getTargetInfo().getCXXABI() != CXXABI_Microsoft) 7502 return CC_Default; 7503 return CC; 7504} 7505 7506bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const { 7507 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7508 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD); 7509} 7510 7511MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() { 7512 switch (Target->getCXXABI()) { 7513 case CXXABI_ARM: 7514 case CXXABI_Itanium: 7515 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7516 case CXXABI_Microsoft: 7517 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7518 } 7519 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI"); 7520} 7521 7522CXXABI::~CXXABI() {} 7523 7524size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const { 7525 return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize() 7526 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts) 7527 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions) 7528 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls) 7529 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits) 7530 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs) 7531 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember) 7532 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl) 7533 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl) 7534 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl) 7535 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods) 7536 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types) 7537 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes) 7538 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern); 7539} 7540 7541void ASTContext::addUnnamedTag(const TagDecl *Tag) { 7542 // FIXME: This mangling should be applied to function local classes too 7543 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl() || 7544 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent()) || Tag->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) 7545 return; 7546 7547 std::pair<llvm::DenseMap<const DeclContext *, unsigned>::iterator, bool> P = 7548 UnnamedMangleContexts.insert(std::make_pair(Tag->getParent(), 0)); 7549 UnnamedMangleNumbers.insert(std::make_pair(Tag, P.first->second++)); 7550} 7551 7552int ASTContext::getUnnamedTagManglingNumber(const TagDecl *Tag) const { 7553 llvm::DenseMap<const TagDecl *, unsigned>::const_iterator I = 7554 UnnamedMangleNumbers.find(Tag); 7555 return I != UnnamedMangleNumbers.end() ? I->second : -1; 7556} 7557 7558unsigned ASTContext::getLambdaManglingNumber(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator) { 7559 CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = CallOperator->getParent(); 7560 return LambdaMangleContexts[Lambda->getDeclContext()] 7561 .getManglingNumber(CallOperator); 7562} 7563 7564 7565void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) { 7566 ParamIndices[D] = index; 7567} 7568 7569unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const { 7570 ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D); 7571 assert(I != ParamIndices.end() && 7572 "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl"); 7573 return I->second; 7574} 7575